Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPROJECT MANUAL - 01/19/2022 SECTION 00 0105 CERTIFICATIONS PAGE CITY OF WATERLOO SULLIVAN BROTHERS PLAZA RENOVATION WATERLOO, IOWA ISG NO. 21-25083 I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed ,e— 0 SsioAti Ahtt Architect under the laws of the State of Iowa. 01-19-2022 NATHANIELL Nathaniel J. Co on, AIA Date 7 COMPTON 07016 License No.: 07016 Date Issued: 12-08-2014 My License Renewal Date is July 31, 2022 '4L/OWA ` orozIP- Sections covered by this seal: Division 00, 01, 03 - 14. u F C u I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct 1`��,�1}„l,rr,,j� supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed c-EssiotvEngineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. ` 01-19-2022 _ u JASON E. = J_ n E. Hoehn, P. . Date HOEHN = 614° = License No.: 16140 Date Issued: 03-27-2002 \\ My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2023 f0j11'"ovvA 0.' Sections covered by this seal: Division 00, 01, 03 - 06. Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 0105 - Page 1 of 2 KB/AG City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed ., c.ESSIo Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. • FV', 01-19-2022 • JO HN P. •. J P. rickel, P.E. Date _ TRICKEL • 17586 License No.: 17586 License Issued: 07-13-2005 i k • ` My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2022 /OWN Sections covered by this seal: —_ Division 00, 01, and 21 - 23. I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct + r,f, supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed ``` • OFESSIO Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. 1-19-2022 MICHAELQ. . Michael D. Nelson, P.E. Date Z ' NELSON _ v•.. 20425 ,' rrl - License No.: 20425 Date Issued: 04-21-2011• ' '••..•..• * My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2022 WP \``` Sections covered by this seal: Division 00, 01, 26 - 28. DATED THE 19TH DAY OF JANUARY 2022 END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 0105 - Page 2 of 2 KB/AG City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 2.01 DIVISION 00 --PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS A. 00 0000 - Project Manual Cover B. 00 0105- Certifications Page ti C. 00 0110 -Table of Contents D. 00 1113 - Notice of Public Hearing E. 00 2113 - Instructions to Bidders F. 00 3100-Available Project Information 1. Attachment- Detailed Drawing CO-30- Flagpole - See Sheet C3-101 for more detailed information. 2. Attachment- Detailed Drawing CO-31 -Tables- See Sheet C3-101 for more detailed information. G. 00 3113 - Bidding and Construction Schedule H. 00 4100 - Bid Form 1. Attachment-- Bidder Status Form 2. Attachment-- MBE-WBE Certified Contractors List 3. Attachment-- MBE-WBE - CCO-1 Compliance Form Index 4. Attachment-- MBE-WBE - CCO-1A Contract Compliance Program Policy 5. Attachment-- MBE-WBE - CCO-2 Subcontractors Bid Request Form 6. Attachment-- MBE-WBE - CCO-3 Letter Solicting for Subcontractors 7. Attachment-- MBE-WBE - CCO-4 Pre-Bid Contact Form 8. Attachment-- MBE-WBE - CCO-4A Pre-Bid Contact Information Form Instructions 9. Attachment-- MBE-WBE -CCO-5 Letter of Intent to Bid 10. Attachment-- MBE-WBE - CCO-6 Certificate of Accomplishment 11. Attachment-- Exemption Form - City of Waterloo I. 00 7200 - General Conditions 1. Attachment--AIA Document A201, 2017 Edition J. 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions SPECIFICATIONS 3.01 DIVISION 01 --GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. 01 2000 - Price and Payment Procedures B. 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements 1. Attachment-- Shop Drawing Submittal Form 2. Attachment-- Requirements for Electronically Submitted Shop Drawings C. 01 3510 - Structural Testing and Special Inspection 1. Attachment-- Structural Testing and Special Inspection Program Summary Schedule D. 01 4000 - Quality Requirements E. 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls F. 01 6000 - Product Requirements 1. Attachment-- Substitution Request Form G. 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements H. 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 0110 - Page 1 of 2 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 3.02 DIVISION 02 -- EXISTING CONDITIONS 3.03 DIVISION 03 --CONCRETE 3.04 DIVISION 04 --MASONRY 3.05 DIVISION 05 --METALS 3.06 DIVISION 06 --WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 3.07 DIVISION 07 --THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 3.08 DIVISION 08 --OPENINGS 3.09 DIVISION 09 -- FINISHES 3.10 DIVISION 10 --SPECIALTIES 3.11 DIVISION 11 --EQUIPMENT 3.12 DIVISION 12 --FURNISHINGS 3.13 DIVISION 13 --SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 3.14 DIVISION 14 --CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 3.15 DIVISION 21 -- FIRE SUPPRESSION 3.16 DIVISION 22 -- PLUMBING 3.17 DIVISION 23 --HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 3.18 DIVISION 26 -- ELECTRICAL A. 26 0010- Basic Electrical Requirements B. 26 0505- Selective Demolition for Electrical C. 26 0519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables D. 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems E. 26 0529- Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems F. 26 0533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems G. 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems H. 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems I. 26 0583 -Wiring Connections J. 26 0943 - Lighting Control System K. 26 2200 - Low-Voltage Transformers L. 26 2416 - Panelboards M. 26 2726 -Wiring Devices N. 26 2813 - Fuses O. 26 2816.13 - Enclosed Circuit Breakers P. 26 2816.16 - Enclosed Switches Q. 26 5600 - Exterior Lighting 3.19 DIVISION 27 --COMMUNICATIONS A. 27 1000 - Structured Cabling 3.20 DIVISION 28 -- ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 3.21 DIVISION 32 -- EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 3.22 DIVISION 33 -- UTILITIES END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 0110 - Page 2 of 2 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 00 1113 NOTICE OF PUBLIC LETTING NOTICE OF BID LETTING FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SULLIVAN BROTHERS PLAZA RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA, AND THE TAKING OF BIDS FOR SUCH CONSTRUCTION. Notice is hereby given that the City Council of Waterloo, Iowa, will receive bids at the office of the City Clerk in said City until the 3rd day of February 2022 at 1:00 p.m., for the renovation of the Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation for the City of Waterloo, Iowa in and for said City. All bids shall be submitted to the City Clerk's Office at 715 Mulberry Street. Bids will be publicly opened, livestreamed on YouTube and made available on the city website; and tabulated on said day and hour and will then be taking under consideration by the City Council at their meeting on the 7th day of February 2022 at 5:30 p.m. The project consists of renovation of the existing Plaza area along West 4th street which will include the groundwork for a Memorial to the Five Sullivan Brothers. Work along Jefferson Street and Commercial Street are also included in the project. There will be landscaping, electrical, and structural work included in the project, and related work indicated in the drawings and specifications. A prebid conference will be held on site on the 26th day of January 2022 at 10:00 a.m., to review site conditions. Meet at Five Sullivan Brothers Convention Center, 200 West 4th Street, Waterloo, Iowa, in the Lobby. A more detailed description of the kinds and approximate quantities of materials and types of construction for which bids will be received are set forth in the Bidding Documents prepared by ISG, of Waterloo, Iowa, which, together with the proposed form of contract, have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are now on file for public examination at the office of the City Clerk, and are by this reference made part hereof as though fully set out and incorporated herein. All sealed bids in connection therewith shall be submitted to the City Clerk on or before the time herein set for letting. All proposals shall be made on official proposal forms furnished by the Architect/Engineer and must be enclosed in a separate sealed envelope and plainly identified as to which project it regards and addressed to the City of Waterloo, Iowa. If a bid is to be mailed, the bid envelope shall be sealed in a regular mailing envelope. FAX and E-mail Bids will not be accepted. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive informalities and to hold and consider the bids for 60 days after the date of the bid opening. The contract will be awarded to the lowest, responsive, responsible bidder. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a bid bond, certified check, cashier's check or certified share draft in a separate sealed envelope, clearly marked "Bid Bond" or Bid Security", in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total amount of the proposal. The certified or cashier's check shall be drawn on a bank in Iowa or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States of America or the certified share draft shall be drawn on a credit union in Iowa or chartered under the laws of the United States and payable to the City. Said check or share draft may be cashed, or the bid bond forfeited as liquidated damages in the event the successful bidder fails or refuses to enter into a contract within ten (10) days of issuance of a Notice of Award and post bond satisfactory to the City insuring the faithful fulfillment of the contract and maintenance of said improvements as required by law. The bid bond should be executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa and must not contain any conditions either in the body or as an endorsement thereon. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a corporate surety bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City, and shall guarantee the faithful performance of the contract and the terms and conditions therein contained, the payment for materials used in the project and the maintenance of said improvements in good repair for not less than one (1) year from the time of acceptance of said improvements by the City. NPH-1 Payment of the cost of said project will be made from such cash funds of the City as may be legally used for said purpose at the discretion of the City. The Contractor will be paid ninety-five per cent (95%) of the Architect's/Engineer's estimate of the value of acceptable work completed at the end of the preceding month. Final payment will be made not less than thirty-one (31) days after completion of the work and acceptance by the City, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa. No such final payment will be due until the Contractor certifies to the City that the materials, labor, and services involved in the final estimate have been paid for in accordance with the requirements stated in the specifications. The City of Waterloo is exempt from paying Sales and Use Tax and will supply Contractor with an "Iowa Sales Tax Exemption Certificate" and an authorization letter to allow the Contractor to buy equipment and material for the project without paying Sales and Use tax. The work on this project shall commence the 9th day of May 2022 after receipt by the contractor of a written notice to proceed and shall be substantially completed on or before the 29th day of July 2022, subject to any changes in the contract period as provided for in these specifications and granted by the City Council. The Work on this project shall be finally completed by, and ready for final payment, on or before the 12th day of August 2022 subject to any changes in the contract period as provided for in these specifications and granted by the City Council. By virtue of statutory authority, a preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa. In accordance with Iowa statutes, a resident bidder shall be allowed a preference as against a nonresident bidder from a state or foreign country if that state or foreign country gives or requires any preference to bidders from that state or foreign country, including but not limited to any preference to bidders, the imposition of any type of labor force preference, or any other form of preferential treatment to bidders or laborers from that state or foreign country. The preference allowed shall be equal to the preference given or required by the state or foreign country in which the nonresident bidder is a resident. In the instance of a resident labor force preference, a u nonresident bidder shall apply the same resident labor force preference to a public improvement in this state as would be required in the construction of a public improvement by the state or foreign country in which the nonresident bidder is a resident. Failure to submit a fully completed Bidder Status Form with the bid may result in the bid being deemed nonresponsive and rejected. Plans and specifications governing the construction of the proposed improvements have been prepared by the Architect/Engineer. These plans and specifications, and the proceedings of the City Council referring to and defining said improvements, are hereby made a part of this Notice and the proposed contract by reference, and the proposed contract shall be executed to comply therewith. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of contract are now on file in the office of the City Clerk, for examination by bidders. Copies may also be obtained from Rapids Reproductions, by calling 1-800-383-1223, upon deposit of two-hundred dollars ($200.00) which shall be refunded if plans and specifications are returned to Rapids Reproductions, Inc. no later than fourteen (14) days following award of project. If the plans and specifications are not returned within the allotted time and in a reusable condition, the deposit shall be forfeited. Please call ahead to make sure that bidding documents are ready to pick up when you arrive. Drawings, specifications, and other Bidding Documents may also be obtained online at www.questcdn.com. If you do not already have a free membership, you may sign up for one to gain access to the documents. The QuestCDN eBidDoc number is 7978016. There is no fee to access a pdf copy of the documents online. NP H-2 Documents are viewable at www.questcdn.com and www.ISGlnc.com free of charge. Any bidder or equipment supplier whose firm or affiliate is listed in the GSA publication "List of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Non-procurement Programs" will be prohibited from the bidding process. Anyone submitting a bid who is listed in this publication will be determined to be a non-responsive bidder in accordance with 40 CFR Part 31. Published upon order of the City of Waterloo, Iowa. CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA BY/s/ Quentin M. Hart Mayor ATTEST: BY/s/ Kelley Felchle City Clerk Min C C C a C u I- C u u u NPH-3 SECTION 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUMMARY 1.01 DOCUMENT INCLUDES A. Advertisement 1. Bid Submission 2. Contract Time B. Bid Documents and Contract Documents 1. Definitions 2. Contract Documents Identification 3. Availability 4. Examination 5. Creating a level bidding environment 6. Inquiries/Addenda 7. Product/Assembly/System Substitutions C. Site Assessment 1. Site Examination 2. Prebid Conference D. Qualifications 1. Subcontractors/Suppliers/Others -- E. Bid Submission 1. Submission Procedure 2. Bid Ineligibility F. Bid Enclosures/Requirements 1. Security Deposit 2. Performance Assurance 3. Bid Form Requirements 4. Sales and Use Taxes 5. Bid Form Signature 6. Additional Bid Information 7. Permits, Fees, and Utility Costs G. Offer Acceptance/Rejection 1. Duration of Offer 2. Acceptance of Offer 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions: ADVERTISEMENT 2.01 BID SUBMISSION A. Refer to Section 00 1113 for bid submission information. B. Offers submitted after the time indicated in Section 00 1113 shall be returned to the bidder unopened. C. Offers will be opened immediately after the time for receipt of bids as indicated in section 00 1113. 2.02 CONTRACT TIME A. Perform the Work within the time stated in Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions. BID DOCUMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.01 DEFINITIONS A. Bid Documents: Contract Documents supplemented with Notice of Public Letting, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form and Bid securities identified. B. Contract Documents: Defined in AIA A201 Article 1 including issued Addenda. Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 2113 - Page 1 of 6 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation C. Bid, Offer, or Bidding: Act of submitting an offer under seal. D. Bid Amount: Monetary sum identified by the Bidder in the Bid Form. 3.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IDENTIFICATION A. The Contract Documents are identified as Project Number 21-25083 with contents as identified in the Table of Contents of the drawings and specifications. 3.03 AVAILABILITY A List tractors and suppliers that obtain plans from QuestCDN will be added to the Plan Holders List. Obtaining the construction onst uct on documents from QuestCDN will entitleyouto all addenda and updates prior to the project bid date. 1. Contractors and suppliers who access the plans from a builder exchange or from another plan holder will not be added to the Plan Holders List. They will be responsible for periodically checking back with their original plan source for any addenda that may have been issued. 2. Contractors and suppliers who access the plans from a builders exchange or from another plan holder may receive an e-mailed copy of the current Plan Holders List, but only at a maximum of once a week. Plan holders lists may be viewed and obtained on the QuestCDN website free of charge. 3. Plan holders who download plans from QuestCDN will receive addenda notifications from the QuestCDN web site via email. They will be responsible for downloading addenda from the QuestCDN web site and they will not receive mailed or e-mailed copies of the addenda. B. Documents are viewable at both www.questcdn.com and www.is-grp.com free of charge. C. Bid Documents are made available only for the purpose of obtaining offers for this project. Their use does not grant a license for other purposes. 3.04 EXAMINATION A. The following builder exchanges have been notified of plan availability. It is at the sole discretion of each exchange to acquire the plans and make available to bidders. 1. Minnesota Exchanges -EF a. Albert Lea Builders Exchange u b. Austin Builders Exchange c. Duluth Builders Exchange d. Hibbing Builders Exchange e. iSqFt&AGC of MN Planroom Partnership f. Mankato Builders Exchange g. Minneapolis Builders Exchange h. Builders Exchange of Rochester i. St. Cloud Builders Exchange j. St. Paul Builders Exchange k. South Central Builders Exchange I. Southwest Builders Exchange m. Willmar Builders Exchange (Mid Minnesota) 2. Iowa Exchanges a. North Iowa Builders Exchange b. Master Builders of Iowa 3. Wisconsin Exchanges a. La Crosse Builders Exchange b. Milwaukee Builders Exchange c. Wausau Builders Exchange d. Fox Valley Plan Room e. Builders Exchange of Wisconsin f. Northwest Regional Builders Exchange g. AGC of Greater Milwaukee Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 2113 - Page 2 of 6 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 4. North Dakota a. Bismarck-Mandan Builders Exchange b. Fargo-Moorhead Builders Exchange c. Grand Forks Builders Exchange d. Minot Builders Exchange e. Williston Builders Exchange 5. South Dakota a. Aberdeen Builders Exchange b. Plains Builders Exchange (Sioux Falls) c. Sioux Falls Builders Exchange 6. Nebraska a. Lincoln Builders Bureau 7. Illinois a. ePlan Online Plan Room 8. Missouri a. ePlan Online Plan Room 9. National a. Reed Construction Data b. McGraw Hill Construction Plan Room c. MEDA Minority Contractors Plan Room d. NAMC (National Association of Minority Contractors) e. Bidclerk O -- B. Upon receipt of Bid Documents verify that documents are complete. Notify Architect should the documents be incomplete. C. Immediately notify Architect upon finding discrepancies or omissions in the Bid Documents. 3.05 CREATING A LEVEL BIDDING ENVIRONMENT A. Drawings and specifications are complementary and do not create a hierarchy. B. By submitting a bid, bidders agree that they have reviewed, in detail, all documents issued for bidding purposes. C. The following will not entitle a contractor to a change order increasing the overall project cost after the project has been awarded: 1. Selectively choosing less significant content from the drawings or specifications where conflicting information is evident. 2. Disregarding content that only appears in one part of the Bidding Documents. D. A written request for clarification during the bidding process will result in an addendum being issued to resolve such errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Bidding Documents therefore creating a level bidding environment for all bidders. 3.06 INQUIRIES/ADDENDA A. Direct questions to the Architect's Representative: Nathan Compton, telephone: 319-234-1515, e-mail: Nathan.Compton©ISGlnc.com B. Addenda may be issued during the bidding period. All Addenda become part of Contract Documents. Include resultant costs in the Bid Amount. C. Verbal answers are not binding on any party. D. Clarifications requested by bidders must be in writing not less than 7 days before date set for receipt of bids. The reply will be in the form of an Addendum, a copy of which will be forwarded to known recipients. Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 2113 - Page 3 of 6 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 3.07 PRODUCT/ASSEMBLY/SYSTEM SUBSTITUTIONS A. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements for additional requirements. SITE ASSESSMENT 4.01 SITE EXAMINATION A. Examine the project site before submitting a bid. 4.02 PREBID CONFERENCE A. Refer to Section 00 1113 for prebid conference information. B. All general contract and subcontract bidders and suppliers are invited. C. Representatives of Architect will be in attendance. D. Information relevant to the Bid Documents will be recorded in an Addendum, issued to Bid Document recipients. QUALIFICATIONS 5.01 SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS/OTHERS A. Owner reserves the right to reject a proposed subcontractor for reasonable cause. B. Refer to General Conditions. BID SUBMISSION 6.01 SUBMISSION PROCEDURE A. Bidders shall be solely responsible for the delivery of their bids in the manner and time prescribed. B. Submit one copy of the executed offer on the Bid Forms provided in a closed opaque envelope, signed and sealed, with the required security in a separate envelope, signed and sealed, both envelopes in a larger closed opaque envelope, clearly identified each envelope and its contents with bidder's name, project name, and Owner's name on the outside. C. Improperly completed information, irregularities in bid bond, may be cause not to open the Bid Form envelope and declare the bid invalid or informal. D. An abstract summary of submitted bids will be made available to all bidders following bid z opening. 6.02 BID INELIGIBILITY A. Bids that are unsigned, improperly signed or sealed, conditional, illegible, obscure, contain arithmetical errors, erasures, alterations, or irregularities of any kind, may at the discretion of the Owner, be declared unacceptable. B. Bid Forms,Appendices, and enclosures that are improperly prepared may, at the discretion of Owner, be declared unacceptable. C. Failure to provide security deposit, bonding or insurance requirements may, at the discretion of Owner, be waived. BID ENCLOSURES/REQUIREMENTS 7.01 SECURITY DEPOSIT A. Bids shall be accompanied by a security deposit as follows: 1. Bid Bond of a sum no less than 5 percent of the Bid Amount on AIA A310 Bid Bond Form. B. Endorse the Bid Bond in the name of the Owner as obligee, signed and sealed by the principal (Contractor) and surety. C. The security deposit will be returned after delivery to the Owner of the required Performance and Payment Bond(s) by the accepted bidder. D. Include the cost of bid security in the Bid Amount. E. After a bid has been accepted, all securities will be returned to the respective bidders . F. If no contract is awarded, all security deposits will be returned. Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 2113 - Page 4 of 6 City of Waterloo -Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 7.02 PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE A. Accepted Bidder: Provide a Performance and Payment bond as described in Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions. B. Include the cost of Performance and Payment Bonds in the Bid Amount. 7.03 BID FORM REQUIREMENTS A. Complete all requested information in the Bid Form. 7.04 SALES AND USE TAXES A. The Owner is exempt from sales and use tax and will work with the contractor on related documents and procedures after award. 7.05 BID FORM SIGNATURE A. The Bid Form shall be signed by the bidder, as follows: 1. Sole Proprietorship: Signature of sole proprietor in the presence of a witness who will also sign. Insert the words "Sole Proprietor" under the signature. Affix seal. 2. Partnership: Signature of all partners in the presence of a witness who will also sign. Insert the word "Partner" under each signature. Affix seal to each signature. 3. Corporation: Signature of a duly authorized signing officer(s) in their normal signatures. Insert the officer's capacity in which the signing officer acts, under each signature. Affix the corporate seal. If the bid is signed by officials other than the president and secretary of the company, or the president/secretary/treasurer of the company, a copy of the by-law resolution of their board of directors authorizing them to do so, must also be submitted with the Bid Form in the bid envelope. 4. Joint Venture: Each party of the joint venture shall execute the Bid Form under their respective seals in a manner appropriate to such party as described above, similar to the requirements of a Partnership. 7.06 ADDITIONAL BID INFORMATION A. Submit the following Supplements 24 hours after bid submission if you are the apparent low bidder or as requested to do so by the Architect or the Owner: 1. List of Subcontractors: Include the names of all Subcontractors and the portions of the Work they will perform. 2. Proposed Schedule of Values: Identify the Bid Amount allotted to each portion of the Work. 7.07 PERMITS, FEES, AND UTILITY COSTS A. The General Contractor is responsible for contacting the city and state in which the project is to be constructed to obtain a building permit, other fees and permits, and coordinating with subcontractors who are to include fees and permits in their bid amount. Include the cost of building permit, and other fees and permits in the Base Bid amount. Other fees and permits may include but are not limited to: 1. Plan Review. 2. City Water and Sewer Access. 3. Parkland Dedications. 4. Inspection. 5. Connection. 6. All other similar types of permits and fees. B. The General Contractor is responsible for contacting, or requiring their subcontractors to contact, the local utility companies to design and install temporary and permanent utilities including service meters. Include the costs of design and installation in the Base Bid. 7.08 SELECTION AND AWARD OF ALTERNATES A. Bids will be evaluated based on the lowest proposed base bid or on the lowest proposed bid fee calculated by the combined sums of the base bid and selection of the alternates chosen by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to choose either the lowest base bid alone, or the lowest base bid in combination with the alternates in the order listed. Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 2113 - Page 5 of 6 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation OFFER ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION _ 8.01 DURATION OF OFFER A. Bids shall remain open to acceptance and shall be irrevocable for the number of days after the bid closing date as indicated in Section 00 1113. 8.02 ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER A. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all offers. B. After acceptance by Owner, Architect on behalf of Owner, will issue to the successful bidder, a written Notice of Award. END OF SECTION C Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 2113 - Page 6 of 6 T City of Waterloo -Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 00 3100 AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PRODUCT DRAWING A. Flagpole 1. Attachment- Detailed Drawing CO-30 Flagpole - See Sheet CO-30-Site Details for more detailed information. B. Tables 1. Attachment- Detailed Drawing CO-31 Tables- See Sheet CO-31-Site Details for more detailed information. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION c c 0 0 c u H C v u Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 3100 - Page 1 of 1 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation J Single sheave truck, cast aluminum revolving, non-fouling, internal Model ECSA35 IH ,ice halyard truck - � 1/8" x 7x19 Mil-C-5424 •c�• .�; I Stainless steel aircraft cable 1►� 1 A j 110 ' Standard flag arrangement: 6' x10' 111 o ; I o � --�� o J JNeoprene coated 2" diameter M 114 jsteel counterweight �l=� QCD li W `arm � y'_;4 J.1 N ;y Nylon beaded retainer ring � I- lb a w Revolving non fouling internal halyard truck, cast aluminum body, 26 CoV "' stainless steel ball bearings, and 2-1/2" diameter plated steel sheave. j. ---41"-- A c _i cu Gearless, self locking direct C° - c drive winch with six tumbler > € i cylinder lock 0_J -.' c ,111� C-1 L 9 i O 1 6 1 u CO = �0 u j Aluminum flash collar 0 —° Q �l 3000 PSI concrete 0) Winch Detail I Hardwood wedges V -e (supplied by others) 0111111" f Dry sand tightly tamped All shafts with overall '�� after aligning pole 9 length of more tian Foundation sleeve 16 ga `-. `.° 38'-6" are shipped in ; I , hot dip galvanized steel o two sections. ► — `6 Each section matched 't Steel centering wedges c marked for field assembly. 0 Exposed portion of jam sleeve must elbe well I 1/4" Steel base plate + 6" ubricated prior to assembly. 1/4" Steel support plate �811 12" 1-1/2" maximum shop ,. welded to grounding spike 16„ gap allowed for field fitting (ram for tight joint) c� - 30" pi Project: Ground set tapered aluminum flagpole: ALLOY: 6063T6 EDER FLAG Date: Location: Exposed height: 35'-0" Overall height: 38'-6" MANUFACTURING COMPANY Revision: Architect: Ship in 2 sections Butt diameter: 5" 1000 W. Rawson Avenue Contractor Topdiameter: 3" Wall thickness: .188" Oak Creek,WI 53154 1 Customer: Finish: 100 grit polish Job: \ / _\//\ \ & %\\i s \©»/ z/em z 3 \ %/// / K/\/ \/�\ 6 /3§\ E // /»g \ 1/ P Z 2 ez \ a g §\Er/y 0 z c«> y %s- \\gz \ (----- \ ® /z\ \»\/ c / ƒƒ ƒzzz z /c< as CO \\/ \\\\ \ 2 % ®0§\ <� / ~ //// /\/\ \\..... 1 i-uw,75:022J • ! i \— ^ %J \\ zzc 2z/ \\\ \©y 0 CC <d / /W .0 ^ $f\o 00 ƒ a 7®/ . g \ G u c= e O R \\\o / U / \ §/Wz / z / \ \//< -e - 4 2 /\/o \ / / / d / / — < c V 222222 J /co < < Z/ ! s �ƒ 9UU0w 3 7- So Oc \ #� / » < r rr � K r » : 3 I © HHi \ § , \ : \ \ \ i �/ |I:: % �£ , < ; » \ : _ �x i � � \ \ \ \ \ �� i �� y & \ , . : 2 n § \ � , �� £ �\ \ \ �-� �© \ / d f » 2 / 0 \\\\\\\\ & I \ y -------- o,- _ \ / U - ± oe . ± -CD s \ ` ` E\ � � + _ %� �/ -. J g e // . ��/� D a D ® y > - 7 ® - j § / c c tea« Detailed Drawing C O-3 1 SECTION 00 3113 BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE CITY OF WATERLOO SULLIVAN BROTHERS PLAZA RENOVATION WATERLOO, IOWA ISG NO. 21-25083 Wednesday, January 19, 2022 Send out Notice of Public Letting for Bids. Wednesday, January 26, 2022 Prebid meeting, walk-through. 10:00 a.m. Thursday, February 3, 2022 Receive Bids before 1:00 p.m. Monday, April 4, 2022 Estimated date to issue Notice of Award. Monday, April 18, 2022 Estimated date to execute contract and issue Notice to Proceed. Monday, May 9, 2022 Estimated commence construction date. o Friday, July 29, 2022 Substantial completion, perform final walk through and inspection with Owner and Architect. Owner can occupy. Friday, August 12, 2022 Final Completion. END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 3113 - Page 1 of 1 City of Waterloo -Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 00 4100 BID FORM CITY OF WATERLOO SULLIVAN BROTHERS PLAZA RENOVATION WATERLOO, IOWA ISG NO. 21-25083 Company Submitted By Date -- Ladies and Gentlemen: The undersigned being familiar with the conditions; having made a field inspection and investigation I/we deem necessary; having studied the Plans and Specifications for the work, and being familiar with all factors and other conditions affecting the work and cost thereof, hereby propose to furnish all labor, tools, materials, skills, equipment, building permit, other fees and permits, and all else necessary to completely construct the project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications as prepared by ISG, 314 East 4th Street, Waterloo, Iowa 50703 '- for the prices as entered on the following pages of this proposal. I/We hereby certify that I am/we are the only person, persons, firm or corporation interested in this proposal as principals and that it is made without collusion with any person, firm or corporation. It is understood that the following Bid/Bids shall include all necessary materials, labor, 2 supervision, machinery, equipment, tools, bracing, false work and other means of construction, including all necessary tests incidental to such installation. I/We guarantee all of the work performed under this contract to be done in accordance with the plans and specifications, and in a good and workmanlike manner, and to redo or repair any work which may be rejected due to defective materials or workmanship, prior to the final acceptance of the project, and for a period of two years after such final acceptance, by the Project Architect and the Owner. I/We propose to begin work and to prosecute the work so as to complete the same as indicated. BASE BID: The work to be included in this project is a renovation of the existing Plaza area along West 4th Street which will include the ground work for a Memorial to the Five Sullivan Brothers. Work along Jefferson Street and Commerical Street are also included in the project. There will be landscaping, electrical, and structural work included int he project, and related Work indicated in the drawings and specifications for the Sum of: This following item(s)shall be bid as an allowance within the Base Bid: Dollars Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 4100 - Page 1 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation ALTERNATE NO. 1: MEMORIAL AREA This is the entire memorial area as indicated in the plan-set for the Sum of: The following items shall be bid as an allowance within Alterante No. 1: Four(4) Memorial Pedestals $ Two (2) Memorial Welcome Plaques $ Five (5) MAGLIN Benches $ Alternate No. 1 Total Sum of: (Add): Dollars ._ ( ) ALTERNATE NO. 2: PLAZA SIGN Alternate No. 2 shall include an additional Sign Type 1 (one) as indicated within the plans(s) and detail(s)for the Sum of:. (Add / Deduct): Dollars UNIT PRICE NO. 1: CAPSTONE $ / LF UNIT PRICE NO. 2: VENEER $ /SQ. FT. ALLOWANCE(S): Include in the Base Bid: 'z Epoxy Coating Allowance in the amount of$ 80,000 As-Built Allowance in the amount of$3,000 CONTRACT TIME: If this Bid is accepted, I/we will: Commence work as soon as possible after Receipt of Notice to Proceed and shall complete the _ Work by the time indicated per Section 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions. BID SECURITY - CONTRACTS: A properly executed bid bond of a sum no less than five percent(5%) of the base bid amount or a certified check in the amount of$ equal to no less than five percent (5%) of the base bid amount accompanies this proposal. It is understood that bids may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after the date and time set for the opening of bids. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to retain the bid security of the bidders for a period not to exceed 60 days after the date set for the opening of bids. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OR RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM (if issued): Received Addendum No. 1, dated Received Addendum No. 2, dated Received Addendum No. 3, dated Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 4100 - Page 2 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation (A CORPORATION) (A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP) (A GENERAL PARTNERSHIP) (A SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP) (CIRCLE ONE OR INDICATE COMPANY OWNERSHIP STRUCTURE TYPE ABOVE) COMPANY NAME: ADDRESS: SUBMITTED BY: (PRINT OR TYPE NAME) TITLE: PHONE NUMBER:_1_( ) - FAX NUMBER: 1 ( ) - a E-MAIL ADDRESS: u C SIGNATURE: END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 4100 - Page 3 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation T3idder Status Form To be completed by all bidders Part A Please answer"Yes" or"No" for each of the following: ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. -- (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. — 0 Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another -- business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes" for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. —To be completed by resident bidders Part B My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: — Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: —Dates: / / to / / Address: c City, State, Zip: o Dates: / / to / / Address: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip: To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C _ 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to resident bidders, resident labor force preferences or any other type of preference to bidders or laborers? ❑ Yes ❑ No 3. If you answered "Yes"to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's home state or foreign country and the appropriate legal citation. You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Firm Name: Signature: Date: You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. 309-6001 (09-15) Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following - describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. - ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. — ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. - ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. _ ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. 309-6001 (09-15) CERTIFIED MBE / WBE CONTRACTORS CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA rt d _ 4I7 CONTRACT COMPLIANCE OFFICE Community Development Board Carnegie Annex, Suite 202 Cu — 620 Mulberry Street Waterloo,Iowa 50703 City WEB Site: www.ci.waterloo.ia.us Contract Compliance WEB Site for listing updates: http://www.wplwloo.lib.ia.us/contractcompliance/ Contact: Rudy Jones, Community Development Director Email: rudy.jones(&,waterloo-ia.org — Phone: (319) 291-4429 Fax: (319) 291-4431 MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List Page 1 of 2 DANIELS HOME IMPROVEMENT 3358 Bristol Road Waterloo, IA 50701 Phone: (319) 961-1659 Contact: Sammy Daniels Specializing in: ALL TYPES OF CONCRETE FLATWORK, POURED WALLS ALL TYPES, FOOTINGS, •— LIGHT DEMOLITION D.C. CORPORATION -' 426 Beech Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 493-2542 FAX: (319) 236-0515 Contact: Terry Phillips Certified: City of Waterloo Certified MBE, Iowa DOT, TSB Certified Specializing in: COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL DEMOLITION, CONCRETE PAVING, DRIVEWAYS, TRUCKING (ALL TYPES), GENERAL CONSTRUCTION QUICK CONSTRUCTION 217 Bates Street Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 215-4166 't` Contact: Leroy Harrington Specializing in: ALL TYPES OF CONCRETE FLATWORK AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTION MBE/WBE Certified Contractors List Page 2 of 2 .. --{ CONTRACT COMPLIANCE FORM INDEX (as of 07-08-2002) Form CCO-1, Contract Compliance Policy This is the Current Contract Compliance Program for the City of Waterloo and '--1 must be adhered to for any City of Waterloo contracts over$50,000, funded solely with City funds. Form CCO-2, Subcontractors Bid Request Form This form acknowledges that the Prime Contractor has contacted potential MBE/WBE subcontractors. This form is initiated and signed by the Prime Contractor then signed by the MBE/WBE subcontractor and returned to the Prime contractor by the MBE/WBE contractor. Form CCO-3, - Letter to be used when soliciting for Subcontractor Quotes This is a sample letter from the Prime Contractor to Subcontractors soliciting bids for various contract items. Form CCO-4,Pre-Bid Contact Information Form r. This form and the accompanying Form CCO-4A, must be completed and submitted with the Prime Contractor's Bid. Certification of Prime Contractor Regarding MBE/WBE Unavailability If any MBE/WBE's submitting bids are not selected for subcontract award, documentation must accompany Form CCO-4. C Form CCO-4A, Pre-Bid Contact Information Instructions 5 Detailed instructions on how Form CCO-4 should be completed and the responsibilities of the Prime Contractor and the Subcontractor. Form CCO- 5, Letter of Intent to Bid from MBE/WBE Contractor Each MBE/WBE firm planning to submit quotes on construction projects with goals, shall submit a Letter of Intent to Bid to the City Contract Compliance Officer seven (7) working days prior to bid opening, listing specific items which the ,..� MBE/WBE firm is interested in bidding. If sufficient scope letters are not received by the City Contract Compliance Officer seven (7) days prior to bid opening, goals on subject project will be reduced accordingly. This form is completed and signed by the MBE/WBE. ,.., Form CCO-6, Final MBE/WBE Participation Amounts Upon Completion and Finalization of the project, the Prime Contractor must submit this form with their final documents. It shall be filled out and signed by the —rt Prime Contractor on the project. If project goals are not met, a detailed report must accompany this form prior to release of retainage. J:\JACK-F\DBE File\Contract Compliance Program\Form INDEX.doc 1 City of Waterloo, Iowa $1, molt oter�oo •o - MBE/WBE CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM FOR _ THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA (As amended 07-08-2002) _ 1 MBE/WBE CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA - 2002 PURPOSE The purpose of the Contract Compliance Program (hereinafter called Program) is to act as an impetus for increasing the participation of minority and women disadvantaged business enterprise (MBE/WBE) in City awarded construction contracts. The Program does not propose to eliminate any bonafide contractor or subcontractor from bidding on City contracts, but it will hopefully serve as a needed stimulus to help local MBE/WBE's grow and eventually become mainstream contractors and subcontractors. This Contract Compliance Program does not propose to include any set-aside or quotas, but only flexible goals where "good-faith efforts" are required by the contractor to use MBE/WBE 'n subcontractors. This Program shall not eliminate the need for contractors to continue their "good-faith efforts" in using MBE/WBE subcontractors on City contracts estimated at less than $50,000. The City of Waterloo will make every effort to reduce in-house construction and maintenance work that would be more cost effectively performed by the private sector and, thus, would allow additional bidding opportunities for MBE/WBE firms. The City Contract Compliance Officer shall be advised of all City of Waterloo awarded construction contracts. DEFINITIONS Goals: Nom A flexible numerically expressed objective which contractors are required to make "good-faith efforts." The key to the requirement is to make efforts. Quota: A flat numerical requirement that the contractor is required to meet in order to obtain the benefit or be in compliance. Set-Aside: An arrangement in which a particular contract is reserved for competition solely among minority _ business enterprise. Contractor: —' As used in this document means contractor, subcontractor, supplier, vendor, and professional service provider. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) Any business which is at least 51% owned by one or more minorities and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals and is on the current _. State Unified Certification List. 2 i Women Business Enterprise (WBE): --1 Any business which is at least 51% owned by one or more women and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals and is on the current State Unified Certification List. --1 Minority: " Any person or persons who are considered as socially and economically disadvantaged because of their identity as a group member without regard to their individual qualities. The groups include: Black American, Hispanic American, Native Americans, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Asian-Pacific 7 Americans. 13 C.F.R. 124-1.1(c)(3)(ii)(1983). I Lowest Responsible Bidder: 7 Bidder who has offered the lowest bid and who has exhibited skill relative to the type of work bid on, judgment, financial responsibility, and evidence of working with the Affirmative Action Employment Program and the Contract Compliance Program. —+, 4 Broker: One buying or selling for others on commission or other fee basis without maintaining a �` warehouse or other similar inventory storage facility. c Mayor's Advisory Committee: T LI Mayor's Advisory Committee for Minority, Female, and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise. L, F Good Faith Efforts: 5 u The successful bidder shall be selected on the basis of having submitted the lowest OMNP responsible bid. The obligation of the bidder is to make good faith efforts. The bidder can demonstrate that it has done so by the following: MI1. The Prime Contractor met the project goal -No Action necessary k 2. If the Prime Contractor failed to meet the goal, they must submit documentation of good faith efforts. ,, CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM/SUBCONTRACTING The program proposes numerical projections or goals regarding utilization of Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women Business Enterprise (WBE) as subcontractors in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Waterloo, Iowa. A goal of at least 10% for MBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are 1 estimated at $50,000 or more and projects under $50,000 where applicable at the Contract Compliance Officer's discretion. There is at least 2% WBE goal on City funded projects. Any project which is funded solely or in part with Federal funds shall follow the respective agencies 1 1 3 contract compliance program and goals. Any project which is funded solely or in part with State funds shall follow the respective agencies contract compliance program and goals. The City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Program is for City awarded construction contracts only. The prime contractor shall make "good-faith efforts" to meet the Contract Compliance MBE/WBE _ goals. The MBE/WBE subcontracts must provide the prime contractor a reasonably competitive price for the service being rendered or the contractor is not required to accept the bid. Administrative Reconsideration As part of this reconsideration,the bidder will have the opportunity to provide written documentation or arguments concerning the issue of whether they made adequate good faith efforts to meet the goals. The bidder will have the opportunity to meet in person with the City of Waterloo's Administrative Reconsideration Committee to discuss the issue of whether they made adequate good faith efforts. The Administrative Reconsideration Committee will forward a written decision on reconsideration to the Mayor and City Council, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not meet the goal or make adequate good faith efforts to do so. Documentation required will include but is not limited to the following: * Making portions of the work available for MBE/WBE subcontracting * Evidence of negotiating with MBE/WBE firms * MBE/WBE quotes obtained and non-MBE/WBE quotes used * Reasons agreements were not reached * Follow-up after initial solicitations * Efforts to assist in obtaining equipment, supplies and materials (at competitive prices), bonding, lines of credit, insurance, etc. * Evidence of past compliance or non-compliance by same contractor Imo The Contract Compliance Officer will determine the weight to be given to each item listed above (supported by appropriate documentation)based on overall program goals. RESPONSIBILITIES City of Waterloo A. The City Contract Compliance Officer has the responsibility to assure the City's compliance with Federal, State and Municipal regulations. B. The City Contract Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining a current directory of certified firms. Certification of MBE/WBE/DBE contractors is through the Iowa Department of Transportation and its Unified Certification Program. Only firms certified based on guidelines prescribed in 49 CFR Part 26 and provisions of this agreement, shall be recognized as certified by the City of .. Waterloo. C. The City Contract Compliance Officer is responsible for making available a list of future project information notices to MBE/WBE firms. 4 D. The City Contract Compliance Officer shall send notices to appropriate MBE/WBE firms in the directory of each bid solicitation with opening date. E. The City Contract Compliance Officer will receive MBE/WBE Letter(s) of Intent to Bid and immediately forward the complete list of MBE/WBE bidders who submitted a Letter of Intent to Bid to prime contractors. II. Prime Contractors In order to be in compliance with the guidelines of this program, the prime contractor must show good-faith efforts in following the MBE/WBE Contract Compliance Program. Good-faith efforts include, but are not limited to, the following: A. Prime contractors shall send solicitation letters (Form CCO-3) to appropriate MBE/WBE (those certified in directory prepared by City Contract Compliance Officer) at least seven (7) working days prior to bid date. Letters should identify specific items to be subcontracted. A minimum of three (3) disadvantaged business contacts must be made and documented, if there are at least three disadvantaged businesses offering services in the area to be subcontracted (See City of Waterloo MBE/WBE Certification List). If less than three (3) are offering the services to be subcontracted, then a contact is required for any that are listed as providing that service. If the Prime Contractor submits a Nami MBE/WBE contact not on the City's MBE/WBE list, attach a copy of the MBE/WBE/DBE Certifications from another government agency. - c B. If a prime contract bidder is unable to identify MBE/WBE firms to perform portions of the work, the City Contract Compliance Officer should be contacted for assistance immediately. C. Prime contract bidders may solicit MBE/WBE proposals by telephone or personal interviews, but all such contacts shall be confirmed by Certified Mail, or subcontract bid request forms (Form CCO- 2). 1 D. If any MBE/WBE business submitting bids is not selected for subcontract award, documentation must accompany the "MBE/WBE Business Enterprise Pre-Bid Contact Information Form" (Form CCO-4 and CCO-4A) on why the MBE/WBE was not selected. These reasons could include: a. Not low bid. Copies of the competing bids may be required for verification. ..' b. MBE/WBE did not bid, withdrew bid or non-responsive. c. Documentation of other business-related reason for not selecting the MBE/WBE business for a subcontract. ..� d. Prime contractor self performs work. e. Any other reason relied on by prime. The Contract Compliance Officer will determine the weight to be given to each item listed above (supported by appropriate documentation) based on overall program goals. III. MBE/WBE Firms j A. MBE/WBE firms shall be certified by the Iowa Department of Transportation as owners and controllers of their respective businesses. I � � I 5 1 B. MBE/WBE firms must perform the work on the project; they cannot act as a broker by subcontracting the work out to others. C. Each MBE/WBE firm planning to submit quotes on construction projects with goals, shall submit a Letter of Intent to Bid(Form CCO-5)to the City Contract Compliance Officer seven(7) working days prior to bid opening, listing specific taw items which the MBE/WBE firm is interested in bidding. If sufficient Letters of Intent to Bid are not received by the City Contract Compliance Officer seven (7) working days prior to bid opening, goals on subject project will be reduced ... accordingly. Agreements between the bidder/proposer and a MBE/WBE in which the MBE/WBE promises not to provide subcontracting quotations to other bidders/proposers are prohibited. NONCOMPLIANCE OF CONTRACTORS A. Noncompliance exists when the contractor's actions are not consistent with the requirements of the Contract Compliance Program in the areas of employment and subcontracting. B. A bidder's failure to show good-faith efforts to meet project goals or a failure to use certified MBE/WBE firms may be grounds for finding its bid not responsible. C. The Contract Compliance Officer shall submit to City Council his/her recommendation on any non-compliant contract in writing. NOTICE TO PROCEED Notice to proceed on any project with goals will not be issued until City Contract Compliance Officer determines the lowest responsible bidder has used good-faith efforts to comply with this Compliance Program and the bid was responsive. CONCLUSION Mom program repeals or revises all sections of previous Waterloo Contract Compliance Programs. 1.10.0 Nowt J:\JACK-F\DBE File\Contract Compliance Program\FINAL PROGRAM 2002 07_08_02.doc 6 SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID REQUEST FORM PRIME BIDDER'S LETTERHEAD Contract No.: Letting Date: I, (subcontractor's name), hereby attest that I have been solicited for a bid on (project name) in the area of (description of work and bid item no.). (Prime contractor) has informed me that if I am interested in bidding, a subcontracting bid proposal must be submitted to the company office by (date) and (time). Subcontractor's Company Name Date Subcontractor's Signature _ u Date Prime Bidder's Signature Form CCO-2 (12/31/2001) LETTER TO BE USED WHEN SOLICITING FOR SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTES Subcontractor Company Name Address RE: Contract No. : Dear (Prime Contractor's Company Name) is presently soliciting for the following work in connection with the above referenced project.. (Insert bid Item Nos. and Description of Work) (Prime Contractor's Company Name) is an Equal Opportunity Employer, and all qualified bidders will not be discriminated against due to race, religion, color, sex, or origin. If interested in bidding your proposal must be turned in to this office by and (Date) (Time) Sincerely, (Prime Contractor's Representative) Form COO-3 (11/28/2001) [ ƒ \ 2 2 m - E u) o u) / / n / $ 7 = _G 72 3 / / 0 fs 92 f_ e = » F 5 = - = oc ® 0 5 Ea k k a) _ $ o _ [ § u = D o a = / s o 2 = co § e =ci) 2 _ � s6 £ 0 = 2 % $ / o © o .2� £ § ) 0 \ 6 \ � / f / o > » 0 CO ° _ / 5 0 co g o 0 o)2 o o E cr - 72 O \ � « e@ oe g // c/ k ƒ \ -c � � m = 0 =jas % E0 a)-a.) 0 / $ & 0 E ƒ E 9 0 k0 C0 �o � ID 2 \ re F- E E \ /� / \ ƒ 7 \ 0. U w 2 g e [ _ 2 \ 1. 0 CO 2 % = 2 oco e = X Z 2 � 2 � \ 2 ® _/ k / / k � 0 iii O_ e ® us / c k2 § / / 0w W \ � 2G [ § / � o W o £ 2 > ° $ e CO W - / kk / / S E / 2 3 _ ` m O = 2 E £ / \ E _ ■ « w z \ coco f / ) ƒ q �CI k / 0 I � \ k T. ° s m .� G a 9 2 q = c : / 2 • ƒ } 3 cca ] � ° ° 0 u m U E ± # g » g 2 .0 o 0 mW C � � / % &ƒ $ a) / Ci) / / W 2 / � G / a '/ Gm / ® _ = 0 a D / 2 0 / § f $ 2 ° m u) O / e ./\ / \ 7 7.� a / \ ix = m - 3 o § TE \ LCO mm / al CO G \ P \ / 7 / E � t � Lu W / ƒ /f7 f / / \ \ fl 22 m2S m .u) \ / o , 2 = Cti2 a § E o ± ^ m « 55 m2o o = - I / W $ u o \ o - o ± / k ƒ / o � _ > >— 2 5 I = < o ce / w 0 O q 5 G I / g a ? ° \ // / ƒ ¢ C - 0 / ƒ F- ° CL 2 ) ƒ \ / \ a F-a 0 � $ $ \ 3f 7 / \ a e E co _e cn§ Er \ / 0 / ƒ / / c \ _ = o * k o 0 2 - 2 $ ® a 8 � G / 2 .\ o E o \ q / < ° 2 - cs - fy § co.-- re -J 's o n - o Cr - :� 2 2C2 w _I = = o \ � 2 0 _ / / 0 O — \ kC6 11) \ c � / 0 !4 ° Ca oe 0 , .c ea� g no0 22 ° f £ � � k [ ƒ Z c 0 dJt / 3 ' q 3E M = 2 U O a) (/) -o .� _c U) a) L cn Q) C L w u) "— z. o > Cl)) "O o o Z s .E c ° .� Lo c- o cn u) O cE � la- >, a) a) ° o ix m 047, ° � Q � o a ° 0 W ° L — Oa) W o � C w m c O ° ° 5 o > • Q� -0 0 c Z a) a) U OC o W "c U o E U E C c W -g co 2 1..0 m 0 ,_ ;`' c c � m W a) a) a) L 0 Q LL m m fn U 6 m L w72 \ C o c ' T L 2 c'" CO a) 0 o is �pwY � L ° 2 w o L mow CI cm o 0 `--- o Z O c o ° � � � w � >, a) c a) L o -o °ac U C o_ 0 -C 0 fn a CO W `' ° }_ a) 0 o co o a�i O co , 0 c as Z ° � mo C0 cE oco ° L � - Ua) -0 ° o ° c in a3 cn U a) c ° > c 0 p. cmo.(n mv) n3 � c 0Z a) � n3 � L � u) ca �-"• RI UI O U -� •� L L (n L U _0 0 •tea) _co .2 Z E E 0 JE � OM Cewc) ca •§ 3 � � � m oo c N co •� oL F- m (13 e a) �° c n3 W 4 U a) v ° a) o 0 W 0 ° � _� � � _� � aso � � E a) 'E60Ln � Cl) D CU Ec yJ _ d y a � voi •c >o � a) 0 -0 o Z m o N - c -o ;c w _0 _0 ° a - co � _c E � a � .L -a o° w ° Lo CO w " c cc W C Cc � cn W io (Lo d CO o N CO m _c •c .5 _c a) _ 0 3 - a) a) a) c) w -0 (U (n c "- w — O L co C !Y E c O ° c N. c m > LLJ N wi` m c ° Z L c W Z D 0 c WO 0 Ems co a m � 000 •° COm E o _c 0 °) o c O c U (° Z 0 ° > m e Q) W � m CU U 0 -- °) C > Q) c - LV Q ° co o C H E > m - c o a) co co a) o) co •U o a) - Z � "c6 Q cn C >— W � 2 > c m ° 7 c � o � � Q 0 n > Z o 0 o a) a •c ° 0 � o E � fq O o o L o o co U a) c a) u) a) a) < DO m ° o � Oo � o � � rn aa)) c � �m •> U a) oLa) a) -c c W Z a) U U Z C a) a) N L E W a) N L >to "C c o c Q Q o Ca (Lo d a• CU F- vo) u°) ,� "� ° N m E o c E n C (n o cn VY � oc Qaa)iC c a) � .Q >� oaL`�i ° oo cameo ° o h- w ° co o W U 0 ° c U -00 = — LU Q L E Z U o co w C . a) tx >, o U co _c c 0oa mom' CO a) Oc� �' mn3L- mooc°n � p (oc2 c .a) 0c00o C Z ° o o U o a) c _� a) c o cn Li_ E U a) o ° ° Y c 0 - C O O O � > .� W o � OZ � (off U C 0 "- m U cs o ,- _ -0 m 0 0 0 U a) > mu)4- c 0 7 a) a) o -o c a) C CD L C O a) Htr) o (o "E N E 0a) "U fp L C CI 0 0 ° c w00- 5 (o L o a) O Q (13Q c -o a) � a o cU 0 (a CO as oas w di o000 aa) CU ccaO ° E _ oo -0W CT > 0s_ Ce f6t°om .� cLj � a � 0 � U) c°) o > '� QLLEa) a-) a) - " N ,_ a) o d @ � o _o aai9- a) (a o-a c)Z o° a "° E - -°)o _o Lm o _, co c O W (n 0 cizi _ (A C L -C U a) •+. L_ C 0 C — U U § a) o f (2 U a) m 'E > c > m •� E U a�i 0 .� iii o W co -0 E U U o c o L a) O > Uoco E ° wo ° c c � o � c "� a) 0) a) 0 — 4.7 C U E Z L L m , C (o m o O C N > u) z (n o a) a) ° C U Q) L Q- _ (fl L o � o � c W W o ° ° o � c°)i 20 "Qc o ° c0 "(°Co� C) C E co }' m ,-,C -Cv 0 0 M w m C •(n 0 a) C U coo C co Q— ° cn a) ui c •Q a) co ai o0o WSin a) a) co °O � Ec _c ° c c - U - "0ma) cco Ecmoc O ct a) E Za) a) _ � » 0 ° w3 ° � m -oW -_ c ._ •coo N EUEccn (a)) C) L ° Q Q L cn rn' C c o o c o W W fl CO c o a) o) "= a-• -0 C cn E0 ,a) 6 m "in oc o U) a) W a°°i '.' � � n_0 m m � o � � � E m cL°o � ° a>i c a) m 0)W o o L c co o fY 2 mc) w e 0c- as � 2 ® cm> o 0 0 w - W U E >,0 0) c > c . a L p CO o � - p E N c W u) �O \ Q = m � Z odQ Q o LUO �W v W _ - a) m () U n3 N cfl W co - ° 0 CO 0 0 o CO n3 0 ° a CU .a o o ai of 0 U .� C N cn �j a) a) •5a) o m a) •E .C' ° N c -0 a) � cW 0 `m 0 £ U a) •cw 0 � � . E - < o u) ? )0 LE I- `-- IW- U o .0 _c- Qm E — ° W o a W a-fl 0 - 0 co c\io � 0 ciw v a°) cries I- o v) ° T L.L LETTER OF INTENT TO BID (MBE/WBE LETTER) According to the Current MBE/WBE Contract Compliance Program - 2002, all MBE/WBE Contractors interested in submitting subcontractor quotes on construction projects with goals, MUST submit a LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to the City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer at least seven (7) days prior to bid opening. The LETTER OF INTENT TO BID must list the specific items which the _ MBE/WBE Contractor is interested in bidding. Letter should include the following: Name of Project: Your Company Name: Address: Phone: Date: List of Specific items to be bid: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: F. _ c Item No. Description: Item No. Description: Item No. Description: (Subcontractor's Company Name and authorized signature) Return this LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to: Contract Compliance Officer Community Development Board 620 Mulberry St. Carnegie Annex, Suite 202 Waterloo, IA 50703 Phone: (319) 291-4429 Form CCO-5 (06-20-2002) drarloo NO CITY OF WATERLOO CERTIFICATION OF MBE/WBE ACCOMPLISHMENT (To be completed by the Prime Contractor and submitted with the final documents) Contract: Prime Contractor: Letting Date: Completion Date: MBE/WBE Commitment Listed on Pre-Bid Form: $ % MBE/WBE Company Dollars Committed Dollar Amount Paid % of Goal $ $ $ $ $ c $ c a c $ $ u c $ $ % $ $ - TOTAL _ I (Name) the (Corporate Officer) of certify that the MBE/WBE (Prime Contractor) accomplishment to be true and accurate. (Date) (Signature) Form CCO -6 (11-28-2001) City of Waterloo Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Contractor Information Required — Contractor Name Contact Name Phone Address — Contractor Type: Prime Subcontractor Federal Employer Identification Number Project Name Project Description C' Description of Work: I I Brickwork I I Landscaping — I I Carpentry Painting I I Concrete I I Paving — _ I I Drywall-Plaster-Insulation I I Plumbing I I Electrical I I Roofing-Siding-Sheet Metal I I Excavation/Grading I I Windows I j Flooring I I Wrecking-Demolition I I Heavy Construction I I Other(Please specify) I I Heating-Ventilating-Air Conditioning Contractor Construction Safes Tax Exemption Form Contractor Info Updated 4/14/04 SECTION 00 7200 GENERAL CONDITIONS FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.01 THE GENERAL CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO THIS CONTRACT ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, 2017 Edition, is the General Conditions between the Owner and Contractor. B. The General Conditions applicable to this contract is attached following this page. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions. 1.03 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. Refer to document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions for amendments to these general conditions. END OF SECTION c c c c 0 u F C u u v Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 7200 - Page 1 of 1 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation Document A201 ® — 2017 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 200 W.4th Street ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: Waterloo,IA 50701 The author of this document has added information needed for its THE OWNER: completion.The author may also (Name, legal status and address) have revised the text of the original AIA standard form.An Additions and City of Waterloo Deletions Re on that notes added 715 Mulberry Street p Waterloo,IA 50703 information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from THE ARCHITECT: the author and should be reviewed.A vertical line in the left margin of this (Name, legal status and address) document indicates where the author ISG,Inc.-Waterloo has added necessary information 314 E.4th Street and where the author has added to or Waterloo,IA 50703 deleted from the original AIA text. TABLE OF ARTICLES This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an c 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS attorney is encouraged with respect o to its completion or modification. 2 OWNER For guidance in modifying this u document to include supplementary < 3 CONTRACTOR conditions,see AIA Document A503TM,Guide for Supplementary 4 ARCHITECT Conditions. a _ 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS —' 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918 1925,1937, 1951, 1958,1961,1963, 1966.1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. �- „ ' / '. - a This document was produced by AIA software at 15.41.04 ET onJ09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only;and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents''Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright©aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) s. INDEX Architect's Authority to Reject Work (Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.) 3.5,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.1.7, 1.5 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Architect's Decisions 1.- 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.2.14, 6.3, Acceptance of Work 7.3.4,7.3.9,8.1.3,8.3.1, 9.2,9.4.1,9.5, 9.8.4,9.9.1, 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 13.4.2, 15.2 ` Access to Work Architect's Inspections 3.16,6.2.1, 12.1 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 Accident Prevention Architect's Instructions 10 3.2.4,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7, 13.4.2 .. Acts and Omissions Architect's Interpretations 3.2,3.3.2, 3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3, 8.3.1,9.5.1, 10.2.5, 4.2.11,4.2.12 ___ 10.2.81 132 14.1 15:1.21 15.2 Architect's Project Representative Addenda 4.2.10 1.1.1 Architect's Relationship with Contractor Additional Costs;Claims for 1.1.2, 1.5,2.3.3,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2, 3.7.4,3.7.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 3.5,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9.2,3.9.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16, ,' Additional Inspections and Testing 3.18,4.1.2,4.2,5.2,6.2.2,7, 8.3.1,9.2,9.3, 9.4,9.5, 9.4.2,9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.4 9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4, 15.2 - Additional Time,Claims for Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 8.3.2, 15.1.6 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.3 L. Administration of the Contract Architect's Representations 3.1.3,4.2,9.4, 9.5 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid Architect's Site Visits /.,e 1.1.1 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 Aesthetic Effect Asbestos 4.2.13 10.3.1 Allowances Attorneys'Fees c 38 3.18.1,9.6.8,9.10.2, 10.3.3 `_' Applications for Payment Award of Separate Contracts 4.2.5,7.3.9,9.2, 9.3,9.4, 9.5.1,9.5.4, 9.6.3,9.7, 9.10 6.1.1,6.1.2 _. Approvals Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 2.1.1,2.3.1,2.5,3.1.3,3.10.2, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, Portions of the Work 3.12.10.1,4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.4.1 5.2 Arbitration Basic Definitions 8.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4 1.1 ARCHITECT Bidding Requirements 4 1.1.1 Architect,Definition of Binding Dispute Resolution 4.1.1 8.3.1,9.7, 11.5, 13.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, Architect,Extent of Authority 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.3.3, 15.4.1 2.5,3.12.7,;4.1.2,4.2,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.4,7.4,9.2, Bonds,Lien — 9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.6.3,9.8,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 7.3.4.4,9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.4, 15.2.1 Bonds,Performance,and Payment ,- Architect,Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 7.3.4.4,9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.5 2.1.1,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2,4.2.3, Building Information Models Use and Reliance 1 4.2.6,4.27,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13,5.2.1, 7.4,9.4.2, 1.8 9.5.4,9.6.4, 15.1.4, 15.2 Building Permit Architect'sAdditional Services and Expenses 3.7.1 1.` 2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4 Capitalization Architect's Administration of the Contract 1.3 3.1.3,3.7.4, 15.2,9.4.1,9.5 Certificate of Substantial Completion Architect's Approvals 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 2.5,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,4.2.7 Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937 1951 1958,1961,1963 1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The`American list:u,e of A.,l t cls" AIA,'the Ali;Lore."A201 'and`A`A Contrast D.,cur.Cntr",=rc 2 eg stzr oe tra.;e,aa;hs ar rri may not b c set#w;thou€penn„ssior,This document was produced by AIA software at 15.41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. (1263231588) User Notes: ".. '4 Certificates for Payment Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.2.1,4.2.5,4.2.9, 9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7, 3.7.4,4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 9.10.1,9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.4 Conditions of the Contract Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 1.1.1,6.1.1,6.1.4 13.4.4 Consent,Written Certificates of Insurance 3.4.2,3.14.2,4.1.2,9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2. 9.10.3. 13.2, 9.10.2 15.4.4.2 — Change Orders Consolidation or Joinder 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.7.4,3.8.2.3,3.11,3.12.8,4.2.8,5.2.3, 15.4.4 7.1.2,7.1.3,7.2,7.3.2,7.3.7,7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.2, 11.5, 12.1.2 SEPARATE CONTRACTORS Change Orders,Definition of 1.1.4,6 7.2.1 Construction Change Directive,Definition of CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.3.1 -+ 2.2.2,3.11,4.2.8,7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1,7.4, 8.3.1,9.3.1.1, Construction Change Directives 11.5 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.11,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1.1,7.1.2,7.1.3,7.3, Claims,Definition of 9.3.1.1 15.1.1 Construction Schedules,Contractor's Claims,Notice of 3.10,3.11,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 1.6.2, 15.1.3 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 5.4, 14.2.2.2 3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3,7.3.9, 9.3.3,9.10.4, 10.3.3,15, 15.4 Continuing Contract Performance Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 15.1.4 15.4.1 Contract,Definition of Claims for Additional Cost 1.1.2 3.2.4,3.3,1,3.7.4, 7.3.9,9.5.2, 10.2.5, 10.3.2,15.1.5 CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR c Claims for Additional Time SUSPENSION OF THE 0 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.7.46.1.1, 8.3.2,9.5.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.6 5.4.1.1,5.4.2, 11.5,14 Concealed or Unknown Conditions,Claims for Contract Administration 3.7.4 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 Claims for Damages Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating 3.2.4,3.18, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.3, to u ", 11.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1 5 u Claims Subject to Arbitration Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of 15.4.1 1.5.2,2.3.6,5.3 Cleaning Up Contract Documents, Definition of I, 3.15,6.3 1.1.1 Commencement of the Work,Conditions Relating to Contract Sum 2.2.1,3.2.2,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,5.2.1,5.2.3, 2.2.2,2.2.4,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.8,3.10.2, 5.2.3,7.3, 7.4, '1 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.2, 15.1.5 9.1,9.2,9.4.2,9.5.1.4,9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.1.2, Commencement of the Work,Definition of 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.5,15.2.5 8.1.2 Contract Sum,Definition of i Communications 9.1 3.9.1,4.2.4 Contract Time Completion, Conditions Relating to 1.1.4,2.2.1,2.2.2,3.7.4, 3.7.5,3.10.2,5.2.3,6.1.5, 3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9, 8.2,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1, 7.2.1.3,7.3.1,7.3.5,7.3.6,7,7,7.3.10,7.4, 8.1.1, 7 9.10, 12.2, 14.1.2, 15.1.2 8.2.1,8.2.3, 8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 12.1.2, COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.6.1, 15.2.5 9 Contract Time,Definition of Completion,Substantial 8.1.1 3.10.1,4.2.9,8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1, CONTRACTOR 9.10.3, 12.2, 15.1.2 3 Compliance with Laws Contractor,Definition of 2.3.2,3.2.3,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4, 10.2.2, 13.1, 3.1,6.1.2 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3, 15.2.8, Contractor's Construction and Submittal 15.4.2, 15.4.3 Schedules 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.2.3,6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 i Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.T r;1nsi i u;e of P,eaN facts,"'AlA, ii,AlA Logo,"A2}1'and"A:A C,,;'ttract D u n 'arc3 ,13 u•- - -,d, I :.a, al u,.:caud� l ,d�u .;,.,r.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order +44 / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract 1 Documents'Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) 4. Contractor's Employees Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate 2.2.4,3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, Contractors 10.3,11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 3.14.2,6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 Contractor's Liability Insurance Damage to the Work 11.1 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors Damages,Claims for and Owner's Forces 3.2.4,3.18,6.1.1, 8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.3.2, 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.3, 12.2.4 11.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages for Delay 1.2.2,2.2.4,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,4.2.4,5,9.6.2,9.6.7, 6.2.3, 8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2, 14.3.2 — 9.10.2, 11.2, 1 1.3, 1 1.4 Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.2 1.1.2, 1.5, 2.3.3,3.1.3, 3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2, Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of .__ 3.5.1,3.7.4,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.2,5.2,6.2.2, 8.1.3 7, 8.3.1,9.2,9.3, 9.4,9.5. 9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, Day,Definition of 11.3, 12, 13.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 8.1.4 Contractor's Representations Decisions of the Architect 3.2.1,3.2.2, 3.5,3.12.6,6.2.2, 8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13, 6.3,7.3.4, Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the 7.3.9,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.4.2, Work 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 3.3.2,3.18,5.3,'6.1.3,6.2,9.5.1, 10.2.8 Decisions to Withhold Certification Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 9.4.1,9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3 3.2 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Rejection and Correction of 2.2.2,9.7 2.5,3.5,4.2.6,6.2.3,9.5.1,9.5.3,9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3, Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.10.4, 12.2.1 14.1 Definitions Contractor's Submittals 1.1,2.1.1,3.1.1,3.5,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1,5.1, 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3,9.2,9.3,9.8.2, 6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.1,9.1,9.8.1, 15.1.1 C 9.8.3,9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Delays and Extensions of Time Contractor's Superintendent 3.2,3.7.4,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, Z 3.9, 10.2.6 10.3.2,10.4, 14.3.2,15.1.6, 15.2.5 u Contractor's Supervision and Construction Digital Data Use and Transmission Procedures 1.7 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7, 6.1.3,6.2.4,7.1.3, Disputes 7.3.4,7.3.6,8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 6.3,7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 Coordination and Correlation Documents and Samples at the Site 1.2, 3.2.1,3.3.1,3.10,3.126,6.1.3,6.21 3.11 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications Drawings,Definition of 1.5,2.3.6,3.11 1.1.5 Copyrights Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of 1.5,3.17 3.11 Correction of Work Effective Date of Insurance 2.5,3.7.3,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 12.3, 8.2.2 15.1.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1 Emergencies 4' Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 10.4, 14.1.1.2,15.1.5 1.2 Employees,Contractor's Cost,Definition of 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, ._ 7.3.4 10.3.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Costs Equipment,Labor,or Materials 2.5,3.2.4,3.7.3,3.8.2,3.15.2, 5.4.2,6.1.1,6.2.3, 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 7.3.3.3,7.3.4,7.3.8,7.3.9,9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, 11.2, 4.2.6,4.2.7, 5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3, .... 12.1.2,12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Cutting and Patching Execution and Progress of the Work 3.14,6.2.5 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2,2.3.4,23.6,3.1,3.3.1,3.4.1,3.7.1, 3.10.1,3.12,3.14,4.2, 6.2.2,7.1.3,7.3.6,8.2,9.5.1, .� 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.1, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.4 Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Inst€tute of Arch€tects All rights reserved T' A r- r€c r lnsiiitute of A 1 itects:"'A1A the AlA.Logo,"A201,'and'A A Contract D unr'e_nt`'ar` 4 egistem=.c it- €narks:,<WA ay€.:UE be usf d o _nuu` .€.m,..ion.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract - 1 Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. i (1263231588) User Notes: �+ P i -. Extensions of Time Insurance,Stored Materials 3.2.4,3.7.4,5.2.3, 7.2.1,7.3,7.4,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 9.3.2 10.4,14.3, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 INSURANCE AND BONDS Failure of Payment 11 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy Faulty Work 9.9.1 (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Insured loss,Adjustment and Settlement of - Final Completion and Final Payment 11.5 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.8.2,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Intent of the Contract Documents Financial Arrangements,Owner's 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Interest GENERAL PROVISIONS 13.5 1 Interpretation Governing Law 1.1.8, 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,5.1,6.1.2, 15.1.1 — 13.1 Interpretations,Written Guarantees (See Warranty) 4.2.11,4.2.12 Hazardous Materials and Substances Judgment on Final Award 10.2.4, 10.3 15.4.2 - Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers Labor and Materials,Equipment 5.2.1 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, Indemnification 5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, 3.17,3.18, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner Labor Disputes 2.1.2,2.2,2.3,3.2.2, 3.12.1 0.1,'6.1.3, 6.1.4,6.2.5, 8.3.1 9.6.1,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, Laws and Regulations 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 1.5,2.3.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4, c 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, c Initial Decision ° 15.2 15.4 z Initial Decision Maker,Definition of Liens 1.1.8 2.1.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 u Initial Decision Maker,Decisions Limitations,Statutes of `e 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 12.2.5, 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 u Initial Decision Maker,Extent of Authority Limitations of Liability u 5 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2,'15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 3.2.2,3.5,3.12.10,3.12.10.1,3.17,3.18.1,4.2.6, Injury or Damage to Person or Property 4.2.7,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.7,9.6.8, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 10.2.8, 10.4 11.3, 12.2.5, 13.3.1 Inspections Limitations of Time 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3, 2.1.2,2.2,2.5,3.2.2,3.10,3.11, 3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2.7, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.4 5.2,5.3,5.4.1,6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, Instructions to Bidders 9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15, 1.1.1 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5 Instructions to the Contractor Materials,Hazardous 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.8.1,5.2.1,7,8.2.2, 12, 13.4.2 10.2.4,10.3 Instruments of Service,Definition of Materials,Labor,Equipment and 1.1.7 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4.1,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, Insurance 5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4,9.3.2, 9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 6.1.1,7.3.4,8.2.2,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.2.5,11 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Insurance,Notice of Cancellation or Expiration Means,Methods,Techniques, Sequences and 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Procedures of Construction Insurance,Contractor's Liability 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 11.1 Mechanic's Lien Insurance,Effective Date of 2.1.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 8.2.2, 14.4.2 Mediation Insurance,Owner's Liability 8.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1, 11.2 15.4.1.1 Insurance,Property Minor Changes in the Work 10.2.5, 11.2, 11.4, 11.5 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1,7.4 I init. MA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915 1918 1925 1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved Tf: -n -.n frIsi u:: . ;,'E_ s:" 'AIA i AlA Logo.'A21.1'and'A A i.ontrant€DvcninC is a€, 55 ;,no,v, S._rid'''' ,'at Q us-,a W tl, :t r n- _.;..on.This document was produced by AIA software at 15.41.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order +r� / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract t Documents')Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. (1263231588) {t User Notes: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Right to Clean Up 13 6.3 Modifications,Definition of Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 1.1.1 Award Separate Contracts Modifications to the Contract 6.1 1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.5,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1,9.7, Owner's Right to Stop the Work 10.3.2 2.4 - Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 6.2 14.3 Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 14.2, 14.4 Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications 2.4,2.5,3.5,4.2.6, 6.2.4, 9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, and Other Instruments of Service 12.2 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5,2.3.6,3.2.2,3.11, 3.17,4.2.12,Notice 5.3 1.6, 1.6.1, 1.6.2,2.1.2,2.2.2.,2.2.3,2.2.4,2.5,3.2.4, Partial Occupancy or Use 3.3.1,3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2,3.12.9,3.12.10,5.2.1,7.4, 9.6.6,9.9 8.2.2 9.6.8, 9.7, 9.10.1, 10.2.8, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.2.2.1, Patching,Cutting and 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1, 14.2.2, 14.4.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, 3.14,6.2.5 15.1.6, 15.4.1 Patents Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Insurance 3.17 �• 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Payment,Applications for Notice of Claims 4.2.5,7.3.9,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.3,9.7,9.8.5,9.10.1, 1.6.2,2.1.2,3.7.4,9.6.8, 10.2.8, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, 15.1.6, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 15.2.8, 15.3.2 15.4.1 Payment,Certificates for Notice of Testing and Inspections 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7,9.10.1, 13.4.1, 13.4.2 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Observations, Contractor's Payment,Failure of '� 3.2;3.7.4 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Occupancy Payment,Final 2.3.1, 9.6.6, 9.8 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Orders,Written Payment Bond,Performance Bond and u 1.1.1,2.4,3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.5, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2 = 14.3.1 Payments,Progress OWNER 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 ~' 2 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION Owner,'Definition of 9 2.1:1 Payments to Subcontractors Owner,Evidence of Financial Arrangements 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 2.2, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 PCB Owner,Information and Services Required of the 10.3.1 2.1.2,2.2,2.3,3.2.2,3.12.10.6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2, Performance Bond and Payment Bond *' 9.6.1,9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 7.3.4.4,9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws Owner's Authority 2.3.1,3.7,3.13,7.3.4.4, 10.2.2 _ 1.5,2.1.1, 2.3.32.4, 2.5,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION OF 4.1.2,4.2.4,4.2.9,5.2.1,5.2.4,5.4.1,6.1,6.3,7.2.1, 10 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.2,9.5.1,9.6.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.2, 11.4, 11.5, 12.2.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 10.3.1 15.2.7 Product Data,Definition of Owner's Insurance 3.12.2 11.2 Product Data and Samples.Shop Drawings Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 Progress and Completion Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 4.2.2,8.2,9.8,9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 2.5, 14.2.2 Progress Payments — 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.TheA __ican in titut.e of Architects."'AIA"the AIA Low, A C,1,„and"A;A Contract Documents,fists e.d treouma eend reds nut }u_ used ty th oJi p e rn,._ion,This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order 6 s / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) ..... Project,Definition of Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,6,8.3.1, 12.1.2 Project Representatives Separate Contractors,Definition of 4.2.10 6.1.1 Property Insurance Shop Drawings,Definition of 10.2.5, 11.2 3.12.1 Proposal Requirements Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples — 1.1.1 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Site,Use of 10 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Regulations and Laws Site Inspections 1.52.3.2,3.2.3,3.6, 3.7,3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4,9.9.1, 3.2.2,3.3.3,3.7.1, 3.7.4,4.2,9.9.2,9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.4 10.2.2,13.1,13.3, 13.4.1,13.4.2,13.5, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 Site Visits,Architect's Rejection of Work 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2, 9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13,4 4.2.6, 12.2.1 Special Inspections and Testing Releases and Waivers of Liens 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.4 9.3.1,9.10.2 Specifications,Definition of Representations 1.1.6 3.2.1,3.5,3.12.6, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 Specifications Representatives 1.1.1,1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5,3.12.10,3.17,4.2.14 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.10, 13.2.1 Statute of Limitations — Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.2,4.2.3, 5.3,6.1.3, 6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 Stopping the Work Retainage 2.2.2,2.4,9.7, 10.3, 14.1 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5, 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Stored Materials Review of Contract Documents and Field 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 0 Conditions by Contractor Subcontractor,Definition of 3.2,3.12.7, 6.1.3 5.1.1 — Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and SUBCONTRACTORS Architect 5 u 3.10.1,3.10.2, 3.11,3.12,42, 5.2, 6.1.3, 9.2,9.8.2 Subcontractors,Work by 2 Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,3.18,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2, u "` by Contractor 9.6.7 u 3.12 Subcontractual Relations Rights and Remedies 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 1.1.2,2.4,2.5,3.5,3.7.4, 3.15.2,4.2.6,5.3,5.4,6.1, Submittals 6.3,73.1, 8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5, 103, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.4,9.2,9.3,9.8, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights Submittal Schedule .ci 3.17 3.10.2,3.12.5,4.2.7 Rules and Notices for Arbitration Subrogation,Waivers of 15.4.1 6.1.1,11.3 �, Safety of Persons and Property Substances,Hazardous 10.2, 10.4 10.3 Safety Precautions and Programs Substantial Completion 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 12.2, 1 Samples,Definition of 15.12 1 3.12.3 Substantial Completion,Definition of Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and 9.8.1 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Substitution of Subcontractors Samples at the Site,Documents and 5.2.3,5.2.4 3.11 Substitution of Architect Schedule of Values 2.3.3 9.2,9.3.1 Substitutions of Materials Schedules,Construction 3.4.2,3.5, 7.3.8 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 Sub-subcontractor,Definition of 5.1.2 I it AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918 1925 1937,1951 1958 1961,1963 1966 1970 1976 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The In . I American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. A. 11�,i to c A -.:P_c e %-i li . A''A Lego,-A_'' end`A.A.Contract Cocur;entry.'arc 7 .t-,,.;d trademarks::-1 1::'. used w;hoot p y m scion.This document was produced by AIA software at 15.41.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents'Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) 1 r Subsurface Conditions Time Limits 3.7.4 2.1.2,2.2,2.5,3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2, Successors and Assigns 5.2,5.3,5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1, .— 13.2 9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, 9.9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15.1.2, Superintendent 15.1.3, 15.4 3.9, 10.2.6 Time Limits on Claims Supervision and Construction Procedures 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.1.3 " 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4,7.1.3, Title to Work 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1,9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 9.3.2,9.3.3 Suppliers UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 1.5,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.5.4,9.6, 12 9.10.5, 14.2.1 Uncovering of Work Surety 12.1 5.4.1.2, 9.6.8,9.8.5,9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 14.2.2, Unforeseen Conditions,Concealed or Unknown ... 15.2.7 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Surety, Consent of Unit Prices 9.8.5, 9.10.2,9.10.3 7.3.3.2,9.1.2 ... Surveys Use of Documents 1.1.7,23.4 1.1.1, 1.5,2.3.6,3.12.6,5.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Use of Site 14.3 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Suspension of the Work Values,Schedule of 3.7.5, 5.4.2, 14.3 9.2,9.3.1 Suspension or Termination of the Contract Waiver of Claims by the Architect .... 5.4.1.1, 14 13.3.2 Taxes Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.4.4 9.10.5, 13.3.2,15.1.7 Termination by the Contractor Waiver of Claims by the Ownerme 14.1, 15.1.7 9.9.3,9.10.3,9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 C Termination by the Owner for Cause Waiver of Consequential Damages 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.7 14.2.4, 15.1.7 ., Termination by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Liens u 14.4 9.3,9.10.2,9.10.4 Termination of the Architect Waivers of Subrogation 2.3.3 6.1.1, 11.3 Termination of the Contractor Employment Warranty 142.2 3.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.4, 12.2.2, Ilk 15.1.2 L. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Weather Delays CONTRACT 8.3, 15.1.6.2 14 Work,Definition of Tests and Inspections 1.1.3 `" 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3, Written Consent 9.9.2,9.10.1, 10.3.2, 12.2.1,13.4 1.5.2,3.4.2,3.7.4,3.12.8, 3.14.2,4.1.2,9.3.2,9.10.3, TIME 13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2 8 Written Interpretations Time,Delays and Extensions of 4.2.11,4.2.12 3.2.4,3.7.4,5.2.3, 7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, Written Orders 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 1.1.1,2.4,3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1 ` Init. AIA Am Document an Institute tute2oflArchitects A Copyright r nht tt©191 ed 1 915, 18,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The i 9American Inst:tute of A,'chiteets.""AL: the Ala Logo."A2a1,,'and`A:A Co ur ac€g. r : to al 8 ,,.t.as. t hs and rrn<,y i at ue used w tliuut€:ennission.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) law -+ ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 1.1 Basic Definitions § 1.1.1 The Contract Documents The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement)and consist of the Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract -4 signed by both parties,(2)a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive,or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals,the Contractor's bid or proposal,or portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements. § 1.1.2 The Contract — The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction.The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations,or agreements,either written or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,(2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor,(3)between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,or(4)between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor.The Architect shall,however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the .r Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. § 1.1.3 The Work The term"Work''means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or partially completed,and includes all other labor,materials,equipment,and services provided or to be provided by the 0 Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. a .0, § 1.1.4 The Project The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or u a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors. u "" § 11.5 The Drawings u i I The Drawings are the'graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and - dimensions of the Work,generally including plans,elevations, sections,details,schedules,and diagrams. § 1.1.6 The Specifications The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. § 1.1.7 Instruments of Service Instruments of Service are representations,in any medium of expression now known or later developed,of the tangible _ and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect's consultants under their respective 1 professional services agreements.Instruments of Service may include,without limitation,studies,surveys,models, sketches,drawings,specifications,and other similar materials. 7 § 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker t The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2.The Initial Decision Maker shall not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and ..4shall not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents § 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion 7 of the Work by the Contractor.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. Init. AIA Document A201®-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997.2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.MC-A rican Institute of Architect,"'Alit."the ALA Logo."A-03',' nit A:,-. :tract D..c.. „, ,,,. 9 r.-..:__, ai ks aid may; du used without( t ,"on.This document was produced by AIA software at 15.41.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order / No.81 1 41 32283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. f User Notes: (1263231588) § 1.2.1.1 The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions.If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law,or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable,then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable. In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed,to the fullest extent permitted by law,to give _ effect to the parties' intentions and purposes in executing the Contract. § 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. § 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. § 1.3 Capitalization Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are(1)specifically defined,(2)the titles of numbered articles, or(3)the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. § 1.4 Interpretation In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all"and"any"and articles such as"the" and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. § 1.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications,and Other Instruments of Service § 1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective '- Instruments of Service,including the Drawings and Specifications,and retain all common law,statutory,and other reserved rights in their Instruments of Service, including copyrights.The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or t distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants'reserved rights. C § 1.5.2 The Contractor,Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them,subject to any protocols established pursuant to Sections 1.7 and 1.8, solely u and exclusively for execution of the Work.All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice,if any,shown on the Instruments of Service.The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers may not .. use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to the Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner,Architect,and the Architect's consultants. § 1.6 Notice tame § 1.6.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.2,where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or give notice to the other party, such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person,by mail,by courier, or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement. § 1.6.2 Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by certified or registered mail,or by courier providing proof of delivery. § 1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission The parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Instruments of Service or any other .� information or documentation in digital form.The parties will use AIA Document E203TM-2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,to establish the protocols for the development,use,transmission,and exchange of digital data. § 1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of,or reliance on,all or a portion of a building information model without agreement to protocols governing the use of,and reliance on,the information contained in the model and without having those protocols set forth in AIA Document E203TM-2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,and the requisite AIA Document Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The ..� American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.Tl , err :n list!tut 3f Architects. 'ANA"the AlA logo,'A2c 1,'and A A t Contract Documents are 10 ay n be us i ssion.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract — Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) -+1 G202TM-2013,Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Form,shall be at the using or relying party's sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants,the authors of,or contributors to,the building information model,and each of their agents and employees. ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 General § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization.Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority.The term"Owner"means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. § 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor,within fifteen days after receipt of a written request,information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of,or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually refen-ed to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. § 2.2 Evidence of the Owner's Financial Arrangements § 2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. The Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work until the Owner provides such evidence.If commencement of the Work is delayed under this Section 2.2.1,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately. § 2.2.2'Following commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract only if(l)the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; (2)the Contractor identi ties in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner's ability to make payment when due; --- or(3) a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum. If the Owner fails to provide such evidence,as required,within fourteen days of the Contractor's request,the Contractor may immediately stop the Work and,in that event,shall notify the Owner that the Work has stopped.However,if the request is made because a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum under(3)above,the Contractor may immediately stop only that portion of the Work affected by the change until reasonable evidence is provided.If the Work is stopped under this Section 2.2.2,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided in the Contract Documents. § 2.2.3 After the Owner furnishes evidence of financial arrangements under this Section 2.2, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. § 2.2.4 Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section 2.2 as"confidential,"the Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any other person.However,the Contractor may disclose"confidential" information,after seven (7)days'notice to the Owner,where disclosure is required by law, including a subpoena or other form of compulsory legal process issued by a court or governmental entity,or by court or arbitrator(s)order. The Contractor may also disclose"confidential"information to its employees,consultants, sureties,Subcontractors and their employees,Sub-subcontractors,and others who need to know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and who agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information. § 2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner § 2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements, assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. § 2.3.2 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture,or an entity lawfully practicing architecture,in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. Init. AIA Document A201°—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918 1925,1937 1951,1958,1961 1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The Amer n!risl;a itects."'r l ire AlA Logo."A g1."and A;r.r vciract D I'u ent;"are 11 regists'ec tr:e-e um zad rndy,at I}e used nitho€ nsssion This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 2.3.3 If the employment of the Architect terminates,the Owner shall employ a successor to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. § 2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project,and a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of theIMO Work. § 2.3.5 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness.The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner's control and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor's written request for such,information or services. § 2.3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2. § 2.4 Owner's Right to Stop the Work If the Contractor fails to con-ect Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. § 2.5 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect and the Architect may,pursuant to Section 9.5.1,withhold or nullify a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies,including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,neglect,or failure. If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the Owner or the Architect,or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner,the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to Article 15. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 General § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed,if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract.The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. § 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. § 3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor § 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.Ti-e'American institute Architects." th Alf;Logo.'A231.'and"A A Contract Document,'<<rc 12OW reoiste oc tr- ,arks and may not be used w tl iou= sicrn.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. 110. User Notes: (1263231588) �-+ § 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary,the Contractor shall,before starting each portion of the Work,carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4,shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work,and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the ' purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.It is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional,unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. § 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. § 3.2.4 If the Contractor-believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall submit Claims as provided in Article 15.If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner,subject to Section 15.1.7,as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.If the Contractor performs those obligations,the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents,for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents,or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws,statutes, ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities. c § 3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for,and have control over,construction means,methods,techniques,sequences, C and procedures,and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and shall be solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods, techniques, sequences,or procedures.If the Contractor determines that such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner and Architect,and shall propose alternative means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. The Architect shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the design intent for the completed construction.Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor's proposed alternative,the Contractor shall perform the Work using its alternative means,methods, techniques,sequences,or procedures. § 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for,or on behalf of,the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. § 3.4 Labor and Materials § 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation,and other ,y facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. § 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work approved by the Architect in accordance with Section 3.12.8 or ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. (nit. AIA Document A201°—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918, 1925, 1937,1951,1958,1961, 1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. = ;f ,., AA i„cc,•A2::,31 and`A'A Contract Da..:icieni:`tare (3 og,ste_co tr::of .<.. a and nay us r.. a This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work.The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 3.5 Warranty § 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise.The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit.Work,materials,or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective.The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. § 3.5.2 All material,equipment,or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner,or shall be transferable to the Owner,and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.4. § 3.6 Taxes The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. §_3.7 Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits,fees,licenses,and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. T. § 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances, codes, rules and regulations;and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. § 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. .� § 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are(1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an �-- unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 14 days after first observance of the conditions.The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if the Architect determines ... that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of,or time required for, performance of any part of the Work,will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor,stating the reasons.If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation,that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15. § 3.7.5 If,in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers,`archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect.Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations.The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features.Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915 1918,1925,1937,1951 1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 1997,2007 and 2017 by The _ American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The-A r.eri�an 1nsi' to o`Arch r e 'NA A,' the A _Logo. A t ,= c `*'''.ir*act Docur, t:en 'ale 14 r3 3ist; 5adef':a€*s s 3€i's s' rat be used w-,i,out p3rni. sior.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) — alai --. § 3.8 Allowances § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct,but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. mai § 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs,overhead,profit,and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances;and .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order.The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. § 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. § 3.9 Superintendent § 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work.The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. § 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall notify the Owner and Architect of the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent.Within 14 days of receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor,stating whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to the proposed — superintendent or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day c period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. a § 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made C reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, u 1- which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. u § 3.10 Contractor's Construction and Submittal Schedules u § 3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall submit for the Owner's and Architect's - information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work.The schedule shall contain detail appropriate for the ...4_ Project, including(I)the date of commencement of the Work, interim schedule milestone dates,and the date of Substantial Completion; (2)an apportionment of the Work by construction activity;and(3)the time required for completion of each portion of the Work.The schedule shall provide for the orderly progression of the Work to completion and shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents.The schedule shall be revised at '"" appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project. § 3.10.2 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule,shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect's approval.The Architect's approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall(1)be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule,and(2)allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule,or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved submittal schedule,the 7 Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. § 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. I § 3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall make available,at the Project site,the Contract Documents,including Change Orders, Construction Change Directives,and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction,and the approved Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,and similar required submittals.These shall be in electronic form or paper copy,available to the Architect and Owner,and Init. AIA Document A201°—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The A ri an Institute of hitects,'..A A,,the AlA Lego.�' €'1.'and`A'A Contract Document. are 15 .e arcs si iti rr.e not be Fs.i votheut r e'rm ss n.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract t Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. I User Notes: (1263231588) delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. § 3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples _ § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams,schedules,and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier,or distributor to illustrate some portion of ... the Work. § 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations,standard schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams,and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials,equipment,or workmanship,and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. .� § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.Their purpose is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals.Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7.Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents,approve,and submit to the Architect, Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents,in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of Separate Contractors. § 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar submittals,the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has(1)reviewed and approved them,(2)determined and verified c materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and(3)checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. § 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. § 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,unless the Contractor has specifically notified the Architect of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work,or(2)a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the `^ deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,,or similar submittals,by the Architect's approval thereof § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.In the absence of such notice,the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures.The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. § 3.12.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials,or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.Me A r art n i st,tute of Arcl atects,"'AIA,"the AlA Lope.'A201.-and`A A.t ontract Documents'are ., t ra .,-marks and may „_,.,tut p m.s. €on.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:4.1:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order 16 No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) r'1 specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications,Shop Drawings,and other submittals prepared by such professional.Shop Drawings,and other submittals related to the Work,designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others,shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect.The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the services, certifications,and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals,provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.1210,the Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. § 3.12.10.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor's design professional to certify that the Work has been performed in accordance with the design criteria,the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Architect at the time and in the form specified by the Architect. § 3.13 Use of Site The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,lawful orders of public authorities,and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. § 3.14 Cutting and Patching § 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting,or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly.All areas requiring cutting,fitting,or patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting,fitting,or patching,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. § 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting,patching,or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation:The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold,from the Owner or a Separate Contractor,its consent to cutting or u otherwise altering the Work. § 3.15 Cleaning Up § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove waste materials,rubbish, the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery,and surplus materials from and about the Project. § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. § 3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. § 3.17 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design,process,or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents,or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications,or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.However,if an infringement of a copyright or patent is discovered by,or made known to,the Contractor,the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect. init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. 1 e T - ,.rs.-gin Inst"u.a of A I.ted e," A';;1,'the AlA Loco,"A201,"and'A.A C ntract 17 1 without r n.scion.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 3.18 Indemnification § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses, and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim,damage,loss,or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss,or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. § 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation,or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, di sab i 1 i ty b en e fit acts, or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT § 4.1 General §_4.1.1 The Architect is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.2 and identified as such in the Agreement. § 4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities,and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified,or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor,and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. § 4.2 Administration of the Contract § 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner's representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction,or as otherwise agreed with the Owner,to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and to detennine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work,when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work.The Architect will not have control over,charge of,or responsibility for the construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,or for the safety'precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since these are solely the Contractor's rights and •— responsibilities under the Contract Documents. § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits,the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and promptly report to the Owner(1)known deviations from the Contract Documents, (2)known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and(3)defects and deficiencies observed in the Work.The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.The Architect will not have control,over or charge of,and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of,the Contractor,Subcontractors,or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.4 Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect's services or professional responsibilities.The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner.The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The In it. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The.:"American lnstitEute of Architects"'AI.A'[t u AlA Logo,"A201,"and-A A Contract Doc,,,enfs'arc — alStale tra:=amari:S and may,at I n used w thout p,emission.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order 18 No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) NMI § 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. § 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3,whether or not the Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However,neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise — such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor,Subcontractors,suppliers, their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve,or take other appropriate action upon,the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,Product Data,and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review.Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating instructions for installation or ... performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5,and 3.12.The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item,shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. § 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4.The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. g § 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion;issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8;receive and forward to the Owner,for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. u u § 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in v_ carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site.The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives. § 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under,and requirements of,the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of,and reasonably inferable from,the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations and decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either, and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. "" § 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. � § 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents.The 1 Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.If appropriate,the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970 1976 1987 199 7,2007 and 2017 -en by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.Ti: �;>; r3 r t>;s -.,�,;�;; �, r.rt-,.•'-,,�� �tl,;,-AlA€L,s�,��,�„;,�.and �;;<;Contract iIc;d_ar_r,€19e.":;rJ. std�--' . .a..ks ael n"<ry31 s ; ,,_,, €pa ra-,sgin This document was produced by AIA software at 15.41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order 9 No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 Definitions § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the IrAme Work at the site.The term"Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor.The term"Subcontractor" does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor. § 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. § 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall notify the Owner and Architect of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work,including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design.Within 14 days of receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made .. reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be s issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. § 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor,person,or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. § 5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate written agreement,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities,including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work`that the Contractor,by these Contract Documents,assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies,and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor,identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. § 5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts § 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner,provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor;and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract. Init. AIA Document A201e_2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The 'Avrericari Isst,:we 01 kcl itects:""rlA.the AlA Logo,7%,201,'v c ,:,Contract Documents"are 20 regLs1e`ec tra.:c marks and may rot be used wblao€it pe nr.ssior:,This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.81 1 4 1 32283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. (1263231588) User Notes: s AIMINg When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement,the Owner assumes the Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. § 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. § 5.4.3 Upon assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4,the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity.If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity,the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor's obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS § 6.1 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts -- § 6.1.1 The term "Separate Contractor(s)"shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate agreements.The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and with Separate Contractors retained under Conditions of the Contract substantially similar to those of this Contract,including those provisions of the Conditions of the Contract related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. § 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site,the term"Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. § 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each Separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with any Separate Contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules.The Contractor shall make any revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement.The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,Separate Contractors,and the Owner until C subsequently revised. — § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces or with Separate Contractors,the Owner or its Separate Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract,including, without excluding others,those stated in Article 3,this Article 6,and Articles 10, 11,and 12. § 6.2 Mutual Responsibility § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 1 § 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the "."1Owner or a Separate Contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor's Work.Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the Work shall al constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or Separate Contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work.The Contractor shall not be responsible for discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that are not apparent. § 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate Contractor because of the Contractor's delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor's delays,improperly timed activities,damage to the Work or defective construction. 1 § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.5. 1 Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The Amer a r ins€tut ;f A i iiects"'AI ;,;e:AlA Logo, A an -,_iE:,Ceotra t Drcuo,ent,,` 21 r'g'st e cc e .<e s and,ody pormission.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.81 1 4 1 32283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 6.2.5 The Owner and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. § 6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor,Separate Contractors,and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish,the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.1 General § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner,Contractor,and Architect.A Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor. An order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. § 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall proceed promptly with changes in the Work,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive,or order for a minor change in the Work. § 7.2 Change Orders § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor,and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and .3 The extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. § 7.3 Construction Change Directives § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes inIMMO the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions,or other revisions,the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. § 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change — Order. § 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.4. § 7.3.4 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,an amount for overhead and .. profit as set forth in the Agreement,or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement,a reasonable amount.In such case,and also under Section 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data.Unless otherwise provided in the r.. Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.4 shall be limited to the following: Init. AIA Document A2016—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.TI Am a€ n Institute::3i.A, 9 itect5,"'AIA,`the AIA Logo, 1,"and`A A Contract Documents'tents'au.: 22 .r,: a,,()Inc:uses ,,. ,hout p of snort.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:4'1:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. (1263231588) User Notes: -'"1 .1 Costs of labor,including applicable payroll taxes,fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, workers' compensation insurance,and other employee costs approved by the Architect; .2 Costs of materials,supplies,and equipment, including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees,and sales,use,or similar taxes,directly related to the change;and .5 Costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. § 7.3.5 If the Contractor disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Time,the Contractor may make a Claim in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. § 7.3.6 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the -- Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. § 7.3.7 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. § 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect.When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any,with respect to that change. § 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment.The C Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines,in the Architect's professional judgment,to be reasonably justified. The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order,subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. o § 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. § 7.4 Minor Changes in the Work The Architect may order minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time.The Architect's order for minor changes shall be in writing.If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work.If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Architect's order for a minor change without prior notice to the Architect that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time. ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 Definitions § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 1 § 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. § 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. 0.41 Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects All rights reserved.TheA _ i an Iscs=:au, o _ts" i AIA Logo,"fi,201,{arc A L,, ,D, :rac-,,w:',arx a s al id may -at no us,zi wthuJi.r, €_ssior This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order 23 ..y / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents',Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) NOM § 8.1.4 The term"day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 8.2 Progress and Completion § 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,commence the Work prior to the effective date of insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. § 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time § 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by(1)an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, of an employee of either,or of a Separate Contractor;(2)by changes ordered in the Work; (3)by labor disputes,fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties,adverse weather conditions documented in accordance with Section 15.1.6.2,or other causes beyond the Contractor's control;(4)by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and binding dispute resolution;or(5)by other causes that the Contractor asserts,and the Architect determines,justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect O„ may determine. §'`8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. § 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 9.1 Contract Sum § 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. § 9.1.2 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price,the Contractor shall submit a schedule of values to the Architect before the first Application for Payment,allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work.The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form,and supported by the data to substantiate its accuracy required by the Architect.This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.Any changes to the schedule of values shall be submitted to the Architect and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require,and unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's subsequent Applications for Payment. § 9.3 Applications for Payment § 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values,if required under Section 9.2,for completed portions of the Work.The application shall be notarized,if required,and supported by all data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment that the Owner or Architect require,such as copies of requisitions,and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers,and shall reflect retainage if -- provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9,such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders. Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The A r_cb can lrrst:tute of Architecte.""Ai;S t e AlA Logo."A231"and'AiA Contract . ur me:'s'are 24`� reg steed tr<elerrr<:rks and may rat by used w hout f n.scion,This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier,unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.if approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials — and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance,storage, and transportation to the site,for such materials and equipment stored off the site. § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no — later than the,time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information,and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims,security interests,or encumbrances,in favor of the Contractor,Subcontractors,suppliers,or other persons or entities that provided labor, materials,and equipment relating to the Work. § 9.4 Certificates for Payment § 9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either(1)issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor;or(2)issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in part as provided in Section 9.5.1;or(3)withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment,and notify the Contractor and Owner 0 of the Architect's reason for withholding certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.1. a — § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner,based C on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment,that,to the best of the u Architect's knowledge,information,and belief,the Work has progressed to the point indicated,the quality of the c Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount u certified.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract v - Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of subsequent tests and inspections,to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion,and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1)made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work; (2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures; (3)reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment; 1 or(4)made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on i account of the Contract Sum. ..� § 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made.if the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently _ discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2,because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims,unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or suppliers for labor,materials or equipment; AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918 1925,1937,1951, 1958, 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.Tit., _ o.. d Si,u;, ___ Ehc Ali,Logo,"AA201,'and`A.A.Contract Dv_;1 ernt._ ale 25 I e ;sie,cd tre en .�.•-.ond ay €t ... _.., ho ui r--s• ,s-sr.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order 7 , No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) i .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.5.2 When either party disputes the Architect's decision regarding a Certificate for Payment under Section 9.5.1,in .... whole or in part,that party may submit a Claim in accordance with Article 15. § 9.5.3 When the reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. § 9.5.4 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3,the Owner may,at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check,the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Contractor shall reflect such payment on its next Application for Payment. § 9.6 Progress Payments § 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. § 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor,no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner, the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the ... Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work.The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. § 9.6.3 The Architect will,on request,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of 4 completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account c of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work.If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days,the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid.Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay,or to see to the payment of money to,a Subcontractor or supplier,except as may otherwise be required by law. § 9.6.5 The Contractor's payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, •. 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors or provided by suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials,or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust,or entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. § 9.6.8 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its payment obligations under the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss,liability,damage or expense,including reasonable attorney's fees and litigation expenses,arising out of any lien claim or other claim for payment by any Subcontractor or supplier of any tier.Upon receipt of notice of a lien claim or other claim for payment,the Owner shall notify the Contractor.If approved by the applicable court,when required,the Contractor may substitute a surety bond for the property against which the lien or other claim for payment has been asserted. Init. AIA Document A2016—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. .ee A _ r€.an I'istitu`e A e,Low,"A2 1 e r A Co rtract Documents'are 26`"" 1 eg ate ec trade arks r ed may r.crt used virthe.E p mas o.,This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) i.. § 9.7 Failure of Payment If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment,through no fault of the Contractor,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents,the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution,then the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.8 Substantial Completion § 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. § 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately,is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment.Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.If the Architect's inspection discloses any item,whether or not included on the Contractor's list,which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect.In such case,the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. — § 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion; establish responsibilities of the F Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance;and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. — § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate.Upon such acceptance,and consent of surety if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to the Work or designated portion thereof Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project.Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,retainage,if any,security,maintenance, 7 heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents.When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld.The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or,if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,Contractor,and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.TN:.-Am.n -n inst!ute.of Architects:" €A th A!A Logo,"A2 01,"and`,y.t=Contra:a D r nt,:"die 27 ;n,,a oo t a it.and may€0t vs,nsLd y ;_,.d C r,1 ss€ r_.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order — / No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment § 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment,the Architect will promptly make such inspection.When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due Imo and payable.The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect(I)an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and equipment,and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied,(2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect,(3)a written statement that the Contractor knows of no reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4)consent of surety,if any,to final payment,(5)documentation of any special warranties,such as manufacturers' warranties or specific Subcontractor warranties,and(6)if required by the Owner,other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts and releases and waivers of liens,claims,security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond ... satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien,claim,security interest,or encumbrance.If a lien, claim,security interest,or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien,claim,security interest,or encumbrance,including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. c § 9.10.3 If,after Substantial Completion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion,and the Architect so confirms,the "[ Owner shall,upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect,and without terminating the Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed,corrected,and accepted.If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents,and if bonds have been furnished,the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment.Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. `mo § 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens,Claims, security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents;or .4° audits performed by the Owner,if permitted by the Contract Documents,after final payment. § 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a supplier,shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. Imo ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising all safety precautions and programs in ... connection with the performance of the Contract. § 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection to ... prevent damage,injury,or loss to Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The--Artteriezn Institute of Aechiiect ,""AIA.'the AlA Logo, 'A201,'areA Contract Documeets are 286. ;-og vy cat ho€€sttcl e n tliuut peramon.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) `.. .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site, under care,custody,or control of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a Sub-subcontractor;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,roadways, structures,and utilities not designated for removal,relocation,or replacement in the course of construction. § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with,and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities,bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury,or loss. § 10.2.3 The Contractor shall implement,erect,and maintain,as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards;promulgating safety regulations;and notifying the owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities of — the safeguards: § 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment,or unusual methods are _ necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. § 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3. The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. C u F § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. u § 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. § 10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,notice of the injury or damage,whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. § 10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances § 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials or substances.If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB),encountered on the site by the Contractor,the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect of the condition. § 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice,the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of the material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will Init. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.Tl 'A r-ri n - :E to n ,,,racts 'AIA."the t-ego,'Ant'and ttA.A Co lr,,tt Donu ,n t. are 29 3egistet�n tra acres aril racy of uv used s,`„u ut p n ss€o,..This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract 7 Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) Imo promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. '" When the material or substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor.By Change Order,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shutdown,delay,and start-up. § 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages,losses, and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys'fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss,or .. expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage,loss,or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. § 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents.The Owner shall be responsible for hazardous materials or substances required by the Contract Documents,except to the extent of the Contractor's fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. § 10.3.5 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs(1)for remediation of hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles,or(2)where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1,except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner's fault or negligence. § 10.3.6 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. § 10.4 Emergencies In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act,at the Contractor's discretion,to prevent threatened damage,injury,or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 Contractor's Insurance and Bonds •— § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the endorsements,and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.The Owner,Architect,and Architect's consultants shall be named as additional insureds under the Contractor's commercial general liability policy or as otherwise described in the Contract Documents. § 11.1.2 The Contractor shall provide surety bonds of the types,for such penal sums,and subject to such terms and conditions as required by the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. § 11.1.3 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a �. copy to be furnished. i § 11.1.4 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor's Required Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the L date the Contractor becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation or (nit. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The`American lrrsi!tute€,f Architects,"'AlA."the AIA Logo,"A201"sod"A€A Contrast Document_'ase 30 i r:; iste'e tr< ern a€ks end may r':ot be used without per nkseion.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) expiration.Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor,the Owner shall,unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Owner,have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor.The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage. § 11.2 Owner's Insurance § 11.2.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the — endorsements,and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents.The Owner shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. § 11.2.2 Failure to Purchase Required Property Insurance.If the Owner fails to purchase and maintain the required property insurance,with all of the coverages and in the amounts described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work.Upon — receipt of notice from the Owner,the Contractor may delay commencement of the Work and may obtain insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor,Subcontractors,and Sub-Subcontractors in the Work.When the failure to provide coverage has been cured or resolved,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted.In the event the Owner fails to procure coverage,the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor,Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent the loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance to have been procured by the Owner.The cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by a Change Order.If the Owner does not provide written notice, and the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain the required insurance,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all reasonable costs and damages attributable thereto. § 11.2.3 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Owner's Required Property Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the date the Owner becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any property insurance required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall provide notice to the Contractor of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration.Unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Contractor: (1)the — Contractor,upon receipt of notice from the Owner,shall have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has C been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by either the Owner or the Contractor;(2)the Contract Time and Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted;and(3)the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent any loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance had it not expired or been cancelled.If the Contractor purchases replacement coverage,the cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by an appropriate Change Order.The furnishing of notice by the Owner shall not relieve the Owner of any contractual obligation to provide required insurance. § 11.3 Waivers of Subrogation § 11.3.1 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors,agents,and employees,each of the other;(2)the Architect and Architect's consultants;and(3) Separate Contractors,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents,and employees,for damages caused by fire,or other causes of loss,to the extent those losses are covered by property insurance required by the Agreement or other property insurance applicable to the Project,except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance.The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate, shall require similar written waivers in favor of the individuals and entities identified above from the Architect,Architect's consultants,Separate Contractors,subcontractors,and sub-subcontractors.The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by each person or entity agreeing to waive claims pursuant to this section 11.3.1 shall not prohibit this waiver of subrogation.This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity(1)even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise,(2)even though that person or entity did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, or(3)whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the damaged property. §11.3.2 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the 7 Project during the construction period,to the extent permissible by such policies,the Owner waives all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.1 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. Init. AIA Document A201®-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. �3-• i r;i- �:,_;,�:f�._, t=;:t5 '�,1�.,,Ilia ago go A2:31"and"a'r>i.U•ttr:.c 31 ttr<a a=•a .v anti may, t ,.: . v.;.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order 1 No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 11.4 Loss of Use, Business Interruption, and Delay in Completion Insurance The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain insurance that will protect the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property,or the inability to conduct normal operations,due to fire or other causes of loss.The `— Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor and Architect for loss of use of the Owner's property,due to fire or other hazards however caused. §11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss § 11.5.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2.The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner,and by appropriate agreements the Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner. § 11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss,the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds.The Contractor shall have 14 days from receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds.If the Contractor does not object,the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation.Upon receipt,the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions.Thereafter,if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience,the Owner and Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that Nom purpose.If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds,the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss,and any dispute between the Owner and Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15.Pending resolution of any dispute, the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed `m' Work. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 Uncovering of Work § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically C expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if requested in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. u_ § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor.If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,the costs of uncovering the Work,and the cost of correction,shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 12.2 Correction of Work § 12.2.1 Before Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement,and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 12.2.2 After Substantial Completion § 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial r` Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1 or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so,unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty.If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915 1918,1925 1937 1951,1958 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The A a';-.<i. c= "A A. .he AlA Logo. 'A22,1,";rt`A A Contract Documents"arc c steacu tr<=;:;a'aark.s and tnay rA `c used w thout p ray ssion.This document was produced by AIA software at 15.4.1.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order 32 No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) --� that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5. § 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. § 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate — Contractors,whether completed or partially completed,caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. § 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the g Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 Governing Law The,Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located,excluding that jurisdiction's choice of law rules.If the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution,the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. § 13.2 Successors and Assigns § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns,and legal representatives to covenants,agreements,and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.Except as provided in Section 13.2.2,neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. § 13.2.2 The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project,if the lender assumes the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment. § 13.3 Rights and Remedies § 13.3.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights,and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. § 13.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect,or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed upon in writing. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925 1937,1951 1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.Tie-American Irl,t1twe of uh itects IA°°'he AlA Lace, ,,,.a,` A2:�31 ;: ��o'tirstctl~io:ar-ert 3r 33 Y<:_ trsc:ee=.<,rks<:t l rr}ay not be u.ed w U:kit p,;mitt ss€or.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order ..� / No.81 1 4 1 32283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 13.4 Tests and Inspections § 13.4.1 Tests,inspections,and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules,and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities.Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections,and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections,and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.The Owner shall bear costs of tests,inspections,or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded.The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests,inspections,or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require. § 13.4.2 If the Architect, Owner,or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing,inspection,or approval not included under Section 13.4.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection,or approval,by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.4.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. § 13.4.3 If procedures for testing,inspection,or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary by such failure,including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses,shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 13.4.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection,or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. § 13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests,inspections,or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. c § 13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. R' u § 13.5 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate the parties agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located." ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT " § 14.1 Termination by the Contractor § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work,for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; .2 An act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency,that requires all Work to be stopped; .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or .4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2. § 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, repeated suspensions,delays,or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3,constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. Init. AIA Document A201°—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.The A *eri an Institute of Architects,"'AIA,"the AAA__ego."A211;and`A'A Contract Documents'are 34` tranemarks and,turf rot be used w-thout penn.ssion.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,upon seven days'notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed,as well as reasonable overhead and profit on Work not executed,and costs incurred by reason of such termination. § 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work,the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'notice to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. § 14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of a public authority;or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 14.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.1 exist,and upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,the Owner may,without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,if any,seven days' notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4;and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.Upon written request of the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. C u I- § 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall `c not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. a u § 14.2.4 if the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. § 14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience § 14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work, in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. § 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay,or interruption under Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit.No adjustment shall be made to the extent .1 that performance is,was,or would have been,so suspended,delayed,or interrupted,by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. § 14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience § 14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. .44 § 14.4.2 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; hJ Init. AIA Document A2016—2017.Copyright©1911 1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.ire "A—err—en st - cis"'Al'..'`€ '.lA bsc.G, r._,` end`F .ct e,.r,e.t a.3e 35 st 'd Irene e. . u, thuot This document was produced by AIA software at 15.41.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order rl No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) .2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, i+r terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. § 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Owner shall pay the Contractor for Work properly executed;costs incurred by reason of the termination,including costs attributable to termination of Subcontracts;and the termination fee,if any,set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 15.1 Claims § 15.1.1 Definition A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,payment of money,a change in the • Contract Time,or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract.The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.This Section 15.1.1 does not require the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 15.1.2 Time Limits on Claims The Owner and Contractor shall commence all Claims and causes of action against the other and arising out of or related to the Contract,whether in contract,tort,breach of warranty or otherwise,in accordance with the requirements of the binding dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement and within the period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work.The Owner and ►. Contractor waive all Claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 15.1.2. § 15.1.3 Notice of Claims § 15.1.3.1 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered prior to expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated by notice to the C other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 shall be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later. § 15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated by notice to the other party.In such event,no decision by the initial Decision Maker is required. § 15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance § 15.1.4.1 Pending final resolution of a Claim,except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 15.1.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with the Initial Decision Maker's decision,subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15.The Architect will issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision Maker. § 15.1.5 Claims for Additional Cost If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of the Claim.Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. § 15.1.6 Claims for Additional Time § 15.1.6.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work.In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary. (nit. AIA Document A201®—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.Tim American institute of Architects,"AlA"the AAA L go."A2t 1,°and"A A.Contract Docurnente are 36 egist�_ed trademarks and may;of rr I . This document was produced by AIA software at 15.41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents®Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time,could not have been reasonably anticipated,and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. § 15.1.7 Waiver of Claims for Consequential Damages The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract.This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use,income,profit,financing, business and reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there,for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit,except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either a accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.7 shall be deemed to preclude assessment of on in liquidated damages;when applicable,in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 15.2 Initial Decision § 15.2.1 Claims,excluding those where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4,and 11.5,shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision.The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker,unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement.Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1,an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim.If an initial decision has not been rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker,the party asserting the Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision having been rendered.Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree, the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. § 15.2.2 The Initial`Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1)request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting from the other party,(2)reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)approve the Claim 4 suggest a compromise,or a(a(5) — advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that,in the Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. § 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims,the Initial Decision Maker may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision molly Maker in rendering a decision.The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. § 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data,such party shall respond,within ten days after receipt of the request,and shall either(1)provide a Y response on the requested supporting data,(2)advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished,or(3)advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in —K part. § 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall(1)be in writing;(2)state the reasons therefor;and(3)notify the parties and the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker,of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both.The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and,if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation,to binding dispute resolution. § 15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time,subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. Init. AIA Document A201°—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951 1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.AU rights reserved. A ri rI lds[rute A- I itects:' ,, €p,, lA Logo."A2 31,and`A,A Contract Do jt.f t I.3tiSta'7u trcC:;P l2if�,�..i r.Ti I t-�3`i 4 :.: s 37 duced by AIA software at 20 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not tfor Eresale,is licensed for one-timeocument was use only,and may nly bet used in accordance wit ET on h the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) § 15.2.6.1 Either party may,within 30 days from the date of receipt of an initial decision,demand in writing that the other party file for mediation.If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand tails to tile for mediation within 30 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. § 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor,the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any, 'ow of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Owner may, but is not obligated to,notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. Ima § 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. § 15.3 Mediation § 15.3.1 Claims,disputes,or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract,except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4,9.10.5,and 15.1.7,shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. '— § 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement. A request for mediation shall be made in writing, L„ delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation.The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but,in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings,which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order.If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2,the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s)and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. so § 15.3.3 Either party may,within 30 days from the date that mediation has been concluded without resolution of the dispute or 60 days after mediation has been demanded without resolution of the dispute,demand in writing that the other party file for binding dispute resolution. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for binding dispute resolution within 60 days after receipt thereof then both parties waive their rights to binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. § 15.3.4 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4 Arbitration Immr § ,15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement,any Claim subject to,but not resolved by,mediation shall be subject to arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the Agreement.The Arbitration shall be conducted in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration.The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. § 15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation,but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.For statute of limitations purposes,receipt:>f a written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. § 15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. AIA Document A2016—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.Ti`:t Arnnn a I's``E t` c'A'chtect n 'A A"fl" AIA Logo,"A2a1„and"A A Contract D e:"� 1 'a_`- 38 cist:;a'ed-raz'n�,arK.s and nay ut€bL used w 1:.-s r; m sio'.This document was produced by AIA software at 15:41:04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents°Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. (1263231588) User Notes: "' § 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement,shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.4 Consolidation or Joinder § 15.4.4.1 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules,either party may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that(1)the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation,(2)the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact,and(3)the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). § 15.4.4.2 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules,either party may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration,provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim,dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. § 15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4,whether by joinder or consolidation,the same rights of joinder and consolidation as those of the Owner and Contractor under this,Agreement. C. C C C C u 0 u Init. AIA Document A2o1 s_2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Arch€tects.All nghts reserved 1 A r an I>€s€i i rrr tS,.,.'AIA,::the Alt,€a.e .,A231 and A Contract c ,,ente`a€c cc'etv c tr<` 'ne k d tr,dy€of b `€s 'r I' E t pe;: ,sior_ This document was produced by AIA software at 15.41.04 ET on 09/18/2020 under Order 39 No.8114132283 which expires on 07/12/2021,is not for resale,is licensed for one-time use only,and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents Terms of Service.To report copyright violations,e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1263231588) SECTION 00 7300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. These Supplementary Conditions amend and supplement the General Conditions defined in Document 00 7200 - General Conditions and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. Provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. B. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions that are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.03 MODIFICATIONS TO AIA A201 1.04 ARTICLE 1.1 - BASIC DEFINITIONS A. 1.1.9 Workmanship: 1. The degree of skill in which the Work is completed. 2. All Work is to be completed in a professional manner by a skilled and experienced craftsman in accordance with the manufacturer's installations instructions. 3. All pipes, conduits, ducts, and supports are to be installed parallel or perpendicular to the building lines while maintaining the integrity of the installation. 1.05 ARTICLE 1.2 - CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. 1.2.1.1 Add Subparagraph: 1. If there is an inconsistency in the quality and/or quantity of Work required by the Contract Documents, either the greater quality and/or quantity of Work indicated shall be provided in accordance with the engineer/architect's interpretation without change in the contract sum. 1.06 ARTICLE 3.6 -TAXES A. Add the following subparagraph: o 1. 3.6.1: Purchasers for material supplies will be given a sales tax exempt number to exempt the requirement of sales tax for materials supplied for this project, therefore C bidders should not include sales tax in their bid amounts, as law would allow. 1.07 ARTICLE 7.2 - CHANGE ORDERS A. Add the following subparagraph: 1. 7.2.2: The following fees apply to Changes in the Work: a. A 10 percent maximum on overhead and profit for the direct cost of Work performed by a Contractor or Subcontractor; b. A 5 percent maximum overhead and profit on indirect costs of a Contractor's Subcontractors; c. The total mark-up shall not exceed 20 percent and all mark-ups are subject to the Architect approval. d. On Work deleted from the Contract, credit to the Owner shall be the Architect approved net cost plus 1/2 of the overhead and profit percentage noted above. 2. In the case of an increase or decrease in the contract sum, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data, showing adjustments on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change. 1.08 ARTICLE 7.3 - CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES A. Add the following subparagraph: 1. 7.3.11: The following fees apply to Changes in the Work in accordance with Subparagraph 7.3.6: a. A 10 percent maximum on overhead and profit for the direct cost of Work performed by a Contractor or Subcontractor; b. A 5 percent maximum overhead and profit on indirect costs of a Contractor's Subcontractor; Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 7300 - Page 1 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation c. The total mark-up shall not exceed 20 percent and all mark-ups are subject to the Architect approval. d. On Work deleted from the Contract, credit to the Owner shall be the Architect approved net cost plus 1/2 of the overhead and profit percentage noted above. 2. In the case of an increase or decrease in the contract sum, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data, showing adjustments on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change. _ 1.09 ARTICLE 8 -TIME A. Add the following subparagraph: 1. 8.2.4: Contract Time is identified in Section 00 3113 - Bidding and Construction Schedule. 1.10 ARTICLE 11.1 -CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Add the following Paragraph as follows: B. Insurance: C. The Contractor shall secure and maintain such insurance from an insurance company authorized to write casualty insurance in the State where the work is located as will protect himself, his subcontractors and which shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and the Architect and their officers, agents, and employees from and against all claims for bodily injury, death or property damage which may arise from the Contractor's operations under this contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor and Subcontractor. D. The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this section and shall have filed the certificate of insurance with the Owner and a copy with the Owner's attorney. Each insurance policy shall contain a clause assuring the insurance company will not cancel the insurance without thirty days written notice to the Owner, the Owner's attorney, and the Architect of intention to cancel. The amounts of such insurance shall be not less than the following, or greater if required by law: 1. Commercial General Liability (Including Premises- Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage): a. Bodily Injury and Property Damage (Name Owner as additional insured): 1) $1,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $50,000 Damage to Rented Premises (Each Occurrence) 3) $5,000 Med Exp (Any One Person) 4) $1,000,000 Personal &Advertising Injury 5) $2,000,000 General Aggregate 6) $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate b. Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for two years after final payment. c. Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide X, C, or U coverage as applicable. d. Contractual Liability to be included. 2. Comprehensive Automobile Liability: a. Bodily Injury: 1) $1,000,000 CSL Each Person 2) $(included) Each Occurrence -- b. Property Damage: 1) $(included) Each Occurrence 3. Umbrella Excess Liability: Name Owner as additional insured: a. Excess Liability: 1) $3,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $3,000,000 Aggregate 4. Worker's Compensation: a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal Statutory 1) (e.g. Longshoremen's) c. Employer's Liability 1) $1,000,000 Each Accident Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 7300 - Page 2 of 3 _ City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 2) $1,000,000 Disease - EA Employee 3) $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit 5. Rented Equipment: a. Special/Replacement Cost 1) $100,000 Rented Equipment _ 6. Per occurrence - 30 day notice of cancellation/non-renewal - no waiver of subrogation. 1.11 ARTICLE 11.2 -PROPERTY INSURANCE A. The Owner will be responsible for purchasing and maintaining a "special form" or equivalent policy as described in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 1. The General Conditions refers to the policy as an "all-risk" policy. This verbiage shall be replaced with "special form". B. A copy of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction can be obtained at the office of the Architect. 1.12 ARTICLE 11 -PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND A. Add the following: 1. 11.1.4: The bond value requirements are as follows: a. Provide bonds on a standard surety bond form. b. Provide a 100 percent Performance Bond. c. Provide a 100 percent Payment Bond. d. Deliver bonds within 3 days after execution of the Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION C. c c 0 u C u u u Project No. 21-25083 Section 00 7300 - Page 3 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation F. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated. on detectable type polyethylene tape suitable for direct burial, unless 2.04 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Materials: Use n otherwise indicated. Non-detectable Type Tape: 6 inches wide,with minimum ll ltthicckth o tape mil. B. Leg det repeated over Legend: Type of service, continuously p C. Leg round. D. Color: 1. Tape for Buried Power Lines: Black text on red bac g 2.05 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable. B. Warning Signs: pre-plastic or self-adhesive 1. Materials: rinted rigid p a. Indoor Dry, Clean Locations: Use factory pre P -r vinyl signs. holes at corners for mechanical fasteners. 2. Rigid Signs: Provide four mounting 3. Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches unless otherwise indicated. rinted self-adhesive polyester or self- adhesive 1. g Labels: produced using or machine-printed Materials:siv Use factory pre-Printed labels; UV, chemical,water, heat, and abrasion resistant; adhesive vinylprinting machines and accessories materials recognized to UL 969. 2. Machine-Printed Labels: manufactureal transfer processc recommended by r. 3. Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches unless otherwise indicated. a PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION according to manufacturer's instructions. F A. Clean surfaces to receive adhesive products � u 3.02 INSTALLATIONadjustment, servicing, and A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's is ble for examination, adj - B. Install identification products to be plainly locate products as follows: — maintenance. Unless otherwise endi Enc Enclosure front. 1. Flush 0unt Surface-Mounted Equipment: Q Inside of equipment door. with rear 2. Flush Mounted Equipment: — Free-Standing Equipment: Enclosure front; also enclosure rear for equipment 3. access. Legible from the floor or working platform. 4. Elevated Equipment: 5. Branch Devices: Adjacent to device. of access. 6. Interior Components: Legible from the point 7. Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access. 8. Devices: Outside face of cover. level, and parallel with lines of item being identified. C. Install identification products centered, using stainless steel screws and to D. Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of en oor epoXy cement. interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing esive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion,with no bubbles or E. Install self-adhesive sealed. wrinkles and edges properly er trench at 3 inches below F. Install underground warning tape above buried lines with one tapep finished grade. G. Secure rigid signs using stainless steel screws. H. Mark all handwritten text,where permitted,SECTION neat and legible. — E Section 26 0553 - Page 3 of 3 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 0583 WIRING CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES equipment. A. Electrical connections to equip 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS n 26 0519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. A. Section B. Section 26 0533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems. C. Section 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems. D. Section 26 2726 -Wiring Devices. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS Devices 1999 (Reaffirmed 2020). A. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for iring B. NEMA WD 6 -Wiring Devices- Dimensional Specifications 2016.ted by Authority Having — C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. — 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements,conditions anldlimitationsres. of use stipulatedon by Include B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application ,. product testing agency. instructions for storage, handling, protection, exams preparation, and installation of product. c 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. ose intended. B. Products: Listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purp OSHA as a Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by F C. Product Listing 9 Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having C Nationally Recognized Testing u jurisdiction. u v PART 2 PRODUCTS Y 2.01 MATERIALS match receptacle configuration at outlet provided for A. Cords and Caps: NEMA WD 6; equipment. 1. Colors: Comply with NEMA WD 1. Type SO, multiconductor flexible cord with identified 2. Cord Construction:groundingon : conduNFPA 0ctor, uitable for use in damp locations. equipment ui ment, length of cord, and rating of branch circuit 3. Size: Suitable for connected load of eq p overcurrent protection. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Wiring Devices: As specified in Section 26 2726. C. Flexible Conduit: As specified in Section 26 0533.13. D. Wire and Cable: As specified in Section 26 0519. E. Boxes: As specified in Section 26 0533.16. 2.02 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS PART 3 EXECUTION W 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection,wiring, and energization. — 3.02 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS manufacturer's instructions. A. Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment _ Section 26 0583 - Page 1 of 2 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation — B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use li uidti with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation q ght flexible conduit temperatures encountered. suitable for D. Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plu . E. Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is required. g F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes equipment connection boxes. G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices pand equipment wiring requirements. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiringrequirements. to complete I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. END OF SECTION C u Project No. 21-25083 — Section 26 0583 - Page 2 of 2 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 0943 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Low voltage lighting control system and associated components: 1. Main units . 2. Control stations. 3. Wired sensors. 4. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. B. Section 26 2726 -Wiring Devices: 1. Finish requirements for wall controls specified in this section C. Section 26 5100 - Interior Lighting: Luminaires and associated components,for interface with lighting control system. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS — A. ISO 9001 - Quality Management r Good Workmanshipy ngElectr uire cal Construction. B. NECA 1 - Standard fo C. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices; National Electrical — Contractors Association. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. c 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS c A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the placement of sensorband dtwall controls with millwork,furniture, equipment, o etc. installed under other sections o y door swings. u 2. Coordinate the placement of wall controls with actual installed with the lighting controls luminaires 3. Coordinate the work provideto and lamps compatibleu to be installed. o 4. Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from the contract documents to obtain u — direction prior to proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: painting are 1. Do not install sensors and wall controls until final surface finishes and p 9 _ complete. 1.05 SUBMITTALS ures. A. See Section 01 3000 -AdministrativeRequirements standardfor w rb g'diagrams,ldimensions, colors, — B. Product Data: Include ratings, configuration service condition requirements, and installed features. 1. OccupancyNacancy Sensors: Include detailed basic motion detection coverage range diagrams. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 . y B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Company with not less than three years of experience manufacturing lighting control systems of similar complexity to specified system. 2. Registered to ISO 9001, including in-house engineering for product design presented in activities. 3. Qualified to supply specified products and to honor claims againstproduct accordance with warranty. Section 26 0943 Page 1 of 6 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in a clean, dry space in original manufacturer's packaging in accordance i manufacturer's written instructions until ready for installation. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS with A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after installation. 1. System Requirements , Unless Otherwise Indicated: a. Ambient Temperature: 1) Lighting Control System Components, Except Those Listed Below: Between 32 and 104 degrees F. b. Relative Humidity: Less than 90 percent, non-condensing. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Digital Panels for lighting and pluggable loads shall be the Foundry Mini Panel by ETC, Inc., or equal and must connect to existing ETC Paradigm Processor. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 1. All proposed substitutions (clearly delineated as such) must be submitted in writing for approval by Architect a minimum of 10 working days prior to the bid date and must be made available to all bidders. Proposed substitutes must be accompanied by a review of the specification noting compliance on a line-by-line basis. 2. By using pre-approved substitutions, Contractor accepts responsibility and associated costs for all required modifications to related equipment and wiring. Provide complete engineered shop drawings (including power wiring)with deviations from the original design highlighted in an alternate color for review and approval by Architect prior to rough- in. C. Source Limitations: Furnish products produced by a single manufacturer and obtained from a single supplier. 2.02 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..� A. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories Inc. (UL)as suitable for the purpose indicated. B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required equipment, conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, supports, `-' necessary for a complete operating system that provides the control essories, software, intentm indicated.' etc. as C. Device Finishes: 1. Wall Controls: Match finishes specified for Wiring Devices in Section 26 2726, unless otherwise indicated. 2.03 PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS A. Hardware Features: 1. Mini Panels shall be constructed of 16AWG steel and finished in a black fine-texture powder paint. 2. Mini Panels shall support wall and ceiling mounting, including installation in Plenum air return spaces, as well as flush-mounting with the appropriate cover 3. A removable front cover shall be mechanically fastened using by four screws a. The flush-mount version shall include a lockable door for easy access to relays 4. An internal safety cover made of 16AWG steel shall prevent access to all line voltage (class1)wiring and components without limiting access to low voltage terminations, changing settings during commissioning, or manual control of relays. 5. Mini Panels shall support onboard configuration without the use of software using a simple two-button interface to set start address 6. The Mini Panel shall support a contact input for use in UL 924 Emergency Systems a. A dry contact input shall provide triggering of an emergency condition b. A three position switch shall set the input as Normally Open (NO) Normally Closed (NC), or Off Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0943 - Page 2 of 6 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation c. Load shedding shall be supported via a two position switch per zone, that includes or excludes each zone from the UL924 input 7. The Mini Panel shall support a Demand Response input to automatically reduce overall power consumption a. A dry contact input shall be supported to trigger the demand response condition b. A single rotary dial shall be available for each to set the maximum trim level when the input is active 8. All configuration buttons shall be fully accessible when the Panel is mounted and the front panel is removed. 9. Mini Panels shall provide the following LED indicators: a. UL924 Active (red) b. Demand Response Active (green) c. Power OK (blue) -- d. DMX Signal/Error (green) B. Electrical ported 1. Power Input shall support 120-277 Volts AC 47 y Chain of an input to multiple 63Hz for control electronics an control znes shall be d for each independent zone. Dvide an optional 20A single-phase normal sense feed npup for UL 2. Mini Panels shall pro 924 Emergency Lighting Control Bypass — a. The sense feed input is enabled or that do not provide and'sabled via a tw internal nomalsense inputposition shall panels shall not be b. Digital acceptable 3. A voltage barrier shall be ainedbnea°ingpe Panel. The normal barrie shall be co circuits nstructedlighting and plug loads when comb UL94-V-0 plastic 4. Mini Panels shall provide a 20A, fully rated, normally open relay for each output rated for c lighting and plug load use 0.10V sink control rated for 100mA per 5. A 0 10V dimming output per zone shall support output a. 0-10V wiring shall be fully isolated from ground within the Mini Panel. Panels without u fully isolated 0-10V wiring shall not be acceptable 6. Mini Panels shall support Class 2, ANSI E1.11-2008, USITT DMX512A control u communications a. Mini Panels shall provide a DMX512A wiring connection using terminal blocks for#24 2 — AWG wire 1) Terminal blocks for Cat5e or better wire shall also be available d isted pair, en 9729 or equivalent b. The, plusol #14 k ESD Il d draize in wire (when not installed in grounded nded metal conduit). wire, one#14 supported when Use of Category 5e, or better, control network wiring shall also be utilizing appropriate termination kits available from the manufacturer 7. Mini Panels shall be designed and tested to withstand discharges up to 15,000 volts (IEC 801-2)without impairment of performance. 8. Mini Panels shall provide e a three position powerterminalcontrol input shall accept 6-14AWG wire and be clearly marked electronics. The — Line, Neutral and Earth Ground connection. Each 9. Each relay shall provide three screw terminals for line voltage power terminal shall accept 6-14awg wire and be clearly labeled Input, Output and hru.bin Panels that do not support a single power inn ut to multi le discrete rela s, in any shall not be accepted. 10. Mini Panels shall support 0-10V dimming control via two 16-26AWG terminals for 0-10 + and 0-10V common wiring connections _ 11. Mini Panels shall be UL and cUL LISTED and conform to UL 508 and UL 2043 (Plenum rated) standards C. Functional 1. Mini Panels shall be available in 4 or 8 zone configurations with a 20A, fully—rated, relay — output and 0-10V dimming output per zone — Section 26 0943 Page 3 of 6 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation — 2. Mini Panels shall be UL924 LISTED for emergency lighting circuits and shall activate only the selected outputs. Excluded loads shall be shed and not output during emergency conditions 3. Mini Panels shall support Demand Response input via contact closure. Upon input the Panel shall reduce maximum output to 70% of peak usage. 0-10V outputs shall supprt Demand response maximum level threshold adjustment using a rotary fader, and shalol be assignable per circuit while measuring usage 4. Upon loss of power, Mini Panels shall return to their last state when power returns 5. Mini Panels shall support commissioning without the use of software or specialty configuration tools. Panels that require software for configuration shall not be acceptable 6. All Mini Panels shall be configurable via ANSI E1.20 Remote Device Management (RDM). RDM parameters shall include: ) a. Device Label—configure a name for the device b. DMX Start Address—set the starting DMX address of the Zone Controller to a value from 1-512 c. DMX Fail Mode (Data Loss)—configure the Zone Controller behavior when DMX is lost: Hold last look, Wait and fade, Go to full (default) d. Packet Delay—configure the number of packets required before the zone controller activates a change of level (relay on/off or 0-10V output) 7. Mini Panels that are not configurable over RDM shall not be acceptable. D. Timer Functions: Each of the programmable lighting controllers shall have the described timer options listed below for the relay outputs. 1. Time of Day Timers: Each programmable lighting controller shall be provided with a minimum of 128 available timers (scheduled events)for use in developing time-of-day automated schedules. Each timer shall have the ability to turn any or all relay outputs ON or OFF at any time in 1-minute increments. Timers shall be day-of-week selectable and may be programmed to activate on any combination of days of the week. Each shall be capable of being programmed to be enabled or disabled for any day of the calendar year. 2. Astronomical Scheduling: Each controller shall contain an astronomical time clock that shall calculate sunrise and sunset times based on the geographical latitude and longitude positioning. Sunrise and sunset times may be used as activation times for any system timer. In addition to sunrise and sunset time activation, the control shall be capable of programming activation time before and after these times based on an offset of 1-999 minutes. 3. Open/Closed Time Control: The user shall also have the option of controlling relay outputs in relation to the Open/Closed times of the facility. The Open/Closed times may vary for different days of the week and may be programmed for each day of the year. In addition to Open/Closed time activation, the control shall be capable of programming activation time before and after these Open/Closed times based on an offset of 1-999. E. Relay Output OFF Options: Each relay shall have the option to control the relay OFF in a certain way other than the default OFF. 1. Automatic Control Switch-OFF: Relays shall be capable of being cycled OFF for 5 seconds and then returned to the ON state for controlling Sentry or AS110 switches. F. Presets: The lighting controller shall support up to 256 user-defined presets of ON/OFF relay patterns. The presets shall be invoked by switch or timer actuation. G. Descriptive Names: The system shall support the optional assignment of descriptive names (up to 10 characters) to the lighting controller, relay outputs, relay groups, inputs, timers, and presets. These names shall be able to switch from custom names to default names. H. Networking: 1. Network Universe: The network of panels shall be capable to connect to other networks over a network (LAN) or over the internet (WAN)to interconnect multiple systems.2. Network Gateway: The following special purpose gateways shall be available and provides network wide control from a single point for its specialized function: _ a. DMX Control: The DMX gateway shall support the control of relays on the network from a single point connection using standard USITT DMX512 protocol used by theatrical lighting systems. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0943 - Page 4 of 6 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 2.04 SWITCH STATIONS AND COVER PLATES specified herein. A. Hardwired Switches and Cover Plates: Electrical contractor on the shall provide andgs and install switch — plates and switches of the quantities and types s switch 1. NFP Momentary Switch f a single-pole double-throw center OFF momentary r switch a. Switch: It shall consist VAC. Theyy shall be available in black,white, gray, red rated at 6 Amps@ colorsper single gang b. Cover Plates: Plates shall be availablehall be available with 1-3 steel, brushed aluminum, minum, or painted cold rolled steel.They V plate and 4-8 in a 2 gang plate. c. Status: LED status indicators shall be optional for each switch provided. d. Nomenclature: Engraving shall be available on phenolic labels or directly on the plate. 2. Heavy Duty Switch 1e_ ole double throw center OFF momentary heavy a, Switch: g e or Decora® addle switch rated at 15-20 Amps @ 120/277 VAC.They duty toggle or P or white colors. shall be available in ivory white, or b. Cover Plates: Plates shall be available for Decora®switches in Ior me labels directly on the stainless steel with or without visible screws and come in 1-4gangs. c. Nomenclature: Engraving shall be available on phenolic — plate. iezo type 3. Touch Activated Switch a. Switch: Touch activated switch shall be a momentary output solid-semi p m, or push button. b. Cover plates: Plates shalle be in with 1-3 switches per gang plate and painted cold rolled steel. They c up to 4 gangs. gaskets shall be available for weatherproof o c. Gasket: Cover plate neoprene applications. for each switch provided. shall be optionalu d. Status: LED status indicators ringsphenolic labels or directly on the F e. Nomenclature: Engraving shall be available on p c u plate. o PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the don n t9 are consistent with the indicated B. Verify that ratings and configurations of system comp requirements. surfaces are ready to receive system components. C. Verify that mounting for installation prior to starting work. — D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory 3.02 INSTALLATION I.cfm?rid=BSD&document_name=NECA NECA 1>1 and,where A. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA applicable, at.ihs.comldoc_de roducts/index.cfm applicable, NECA 130 <http://www.necanet.org/store/products/index.cfm/NECA for mounting heights specified in those standards. B. Install products in accordance dwith ass gnturer's each load toinstructions.zone, and set control functions. — C. Define each dimmer/relay lea type, nstall D. Installation: Where shown on the drawinthegs, hthe ontr c or, sizes and types shall furnish sh and i n the drawings or programmable lighting controllers — specified herein. Requirements: All equipment shall be incsatallled in accordance al codes a with nd manufacturer requirements E. applicable to and in compliance with all F. Identify system components in accordance with Section 26 0553. Section 26 0943 - Page 5 of 6 r Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation — 3.03 MANUFACTURES SERVICES A. Factory Programming:All controllers shall be factory with the project specifications prior to shipment. B. Installation Assistance: During the installation programmed upon request in accordance cost, technical support via a toll-free telephone line to the installing contractor ss, the manufacturer lorre, at no representative to answer questions and supply additional information when required. C. System Start-Up: owner's The system manufacturer shall provide a factory authorized field technician to _ the project site after installation has been completed and prior to system being energized the purpose of testing and adjustment of the system. Factory field technician shall verify all system functions and ensure proper operation of the system compo entsin for accordance with the specifications and on-site conditions. The installing contractor shall and the system manufacturer in writing that the system is completely wired and readyIn energized and tested 4 weeks prior to scheduling a field technician for start-up of the system. notify Should the field technician arrive on the job site and find the installation incomplete, to, be installing contractor shall pay the cost of any future visits by the field technician r system. complete the system start-up. p ete, the D. On-Site Programming: During the start-uprequired to programming assistance and guidance to the buiilldi g operating factoryure, the field personnel i order shall programprovide the systems for initial operation. in order to E. the Instruction: During the start-up procedure, the factory field technician shall r contrrollssy system. operating personnel in the operation, programming and maintenance of provide lightingg F. As-Built Drawings:After completion of the system installation and testing, the manufacturer shall provide 3 sets of"as-built"drawings. G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals:After completion of the the the manufacturer shall provide 3 sets of Operations and Maintenance Manuals. H. Lifetime Toll-Free Telephone Support: system installation and testing, e sys telephone number to the system userand shalltal ow accmanuess s to free tcturer elephone ephone support toll-free life of the system. for the END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0943 - Page 6 of 6 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 2200 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES _ A. General purpose transformers. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete equipment pads. B. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. C. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. D. Section 26 0533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems: Flexible conduit connections. E. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. F. Section 26 2416 - Panelboards. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 10 CFR 431, Subpart K- Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial Equipment- Distribution Transformers Current Edition. Operation, and B. IEEE C57.94 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Application, Maintenance of Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers 2015. C. IEEE C57.96 - IEEE Standard Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers 2013. D. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. 2015. E. NECA 409 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Dry-Type c F. NEMA ST 20 - Dry-Type Transformers for General Applications 2014. o G. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum)2020. H. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Applicable Amendments and Supplements. u Jurisdiction, Including All I. UL 506- Standard for Specialty Transfomers Pur ose and Pt ower Traon, nsformersAll CurrentEdition, J. UL 1561 - Standard for Dry-Type Generalp Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Include voltage, kVA, impedance, tap configurations, insulation system class and rated temperature rise, efficiency, sound level, enclosure ratings, outline and support point dimensions, weight, required clearances, service condition requirements, and installed features. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water, construction debris, and traffic. B. Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to transformer internal components, enclosure, and finish. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Temperature: Do not exceed the following maximum temperatures during and after installation of transformers. 1. Greater than 10 kVA: 104 degrees F maximum. 2. Less than 10 kVA: 77 degrees F maximum. Section 26 2200 -Page 1 of 4 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. B. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle. C. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle. D. Source Limitations: Furnish transformers produced by the same manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and obtained from a single supplier. 2.02 TRANSFORMERS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Description: Factory-assembled, dry type transformers for 60 Hz operation designed and manufactured in accordance with NEMA ST 20 and listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. B. Unless noted otherwise, transformer ratings indicated are for continuous loading according to IEEE C57.96 under the following service conditions: 1. Altitude: Less than 3,300 feet. 2. Ambient Temperature: a. Greater than 10 kVA: Not exceeding 104 degrees F. b. Less than 10 kVA: Not exceeding 77 degrees F. C. Core: High grade, non-aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Keep magnetic flux densities substantially below saturation point, even at 10 percent primary overvoltage. Tightly clamp core laminations to prevent plate movement and maintain consistent pressure throughout core length. D. Impregnate core and coil assembly with non-hydroscopic thermo-setting varnish to effectively seal out moisture and other contaminants. E. Basic Impulse Level: 10 kV. F. Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of a visible flexible copper grounding strap. G. Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration-absorbing mounts. H. Nameplate: Include transformer connection data, ratings, wiring diagrams, and overload capacity based on rated winding temperature rise. 2.03 GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSFORMERS -r_ A. Description: Self-cooled, two winding transformers listed and labeled as complying with UL 506 or UL 1561; ratings as indicated on the drawings. B. Primary Voltage: 480 volts delta, 3 phase. C. Secondary Voltage: 208Y/120 volts, 3 phase. D. Insulation System and Allowable Average Winding Temperature Rise: 1. Less than 15 kVA: Class 180 degrees C insulation system with 115 degrees C average winding temperature rise. 2. 15 kVA and Larger: Class 220 degrees C insulation system with 150 degrees C average winding temperature rise. E. Coil Conductors: Continuous aluminum windings with terminations brazed or welded. F. Winding Taps: 1. Less than 3 kVA: None. 2. 3 kVA through 15 kVA: Two 5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. 3. 15 kVA through 300 kVA: Two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps above and four 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. 4. 500 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps above and two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. G. Energy Efficiency: Comply with 10 CFR 431, Subpart K. H. Sound Levels: Standard sound levels complying with NEMA ST 20 I. Mounting Provisions: Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 2200 - Page 2 of 4 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation Less through 75 kVA:Suitable Suitable wall for1wall,floor, or trapeze mounting. 2. 15 kVA th 9 3. Larger than 75 kVA: Suitable for floor mounting for the J. Transformer Enclosure: Comply with NEMA ST 20. 1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified following installation locations: a. Indoor clean, dry locations: Type 2. 2. Construction: Steel. a. Less than 15 kVA: Totally enclosed, non-ventilated. b. 15 kVA and Larger: Ventilated. Finish: Manufacturer's standard grey, suitable for outdoor installations. 3. es or brackets. 4. Provide lifting eyes K. Accessories: b provide a y 2. Mounting Brackets: Provide for r ventilated transformers nstalled outdoors to Weathershietd Kits: Provide assembly. listed NEMA 250, type 3. Lug Kits: Si zed as required for termination of conductors as indicated on the drawings PART 3 EXECUTION — 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. support frames and anchors are installed where required and that mounting B. Verify that suitable eceive transformers. _ surfaces are ready inspections on transformers per manufacturer's instructions C. Perform pre installation tests and and as specified in NECA 409. Correct deficiencies priortion. to installation. work. c p. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to o 3.02 INSTALLATION workmanship). F A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general B. Install products in accordance withal NECA 409andructions.lEEE C57.94. u C. Install transformers in accordance � conduit, under the provisions of Section 26 0533.13, 2 feet minimumpanel o length, for D. Use flexible to transformernameplate and — connections to case. Make conduitlearances as connectionspecified on ansformer E. Arrange equipment to provide minimum c in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. F. Install transformers plumb and level. G. Transformer Support: Provide report:— quired supportand attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529, where or 1. furnished by transformer manufacturer. manufacturer, integral transformer flanges, accessory brackets furnished by 2. Use teg supports to support wall-mounted transformers. sized 3 inch field- fabricated mount floor-mounted transformers on properly 3, Unless otherwiset iodinated, to support Use concrete pad rs assembled from threaded rods and metal channel (strut) independent support from building structure. Do not 4. Use trapeze hangers assembled suspended transformers. Provide ductwork, r other systems. -� provide support from piping, H. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526. ng bracket to the e Remove shipping braces and adjust bO�ecommendations ints that attach the rordeato reduce coil o audible noise I. to manufacturer's enclosure according transmission. Where not factory-installed, install lugs sized as required for termination of conductors as -- J. Whe indicated. install transformer weathershield permanufacturer's K. Where furnished as a separate accessory, instructions. Section 26 2200 Page 3 of 4 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Measure primary and secondary B. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical s aonnec make o appropriate torque settings. tap adjustments. 3.04 to manufacturer's recommended CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from transformer components according B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match originalto manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION factory finish. Project No. 21-25083 ' Section 26 2200 - Page 4 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 2416 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES anelboards. A. Lighting and appliance p B. Overcurrent protective devices for panelboards. and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS - GoundingSystems.tem A. Section 26 0526 Hangers and Supports for Electrical products and B. Section 26 0529 Hang stems: Identification p C. Section 26 0553- Identification for Electrical Sy requirements. (Amended 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS ers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service 2013e Circuit Break A FS W_C-375 -— 2017). g" NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. and Maintaining Panelboards 2015. 2020. C. NECA 407 - Standard for Installing (1000 Volts Maximum) "' D. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment E. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards 2011. for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of F. NEMA PB 1"1 - General Instructions and Systems Panelboards Rated an Voltse orin Ls for Electrical Power Equipmentc 13. G. NETA ATS -Acceptance TestingSpecificationsauthority Having Adopted by 2017. e l by. c. National Electrical Co Amendments and Supplements. Considerations Current H. NFPA 70 - All ApplicableF Jurisdiction, Including Non-Environmental UL 50 -EnclosureAl Revisr ions. Equipment, U I" Including `' Edition, Equipment, Environmental Considerations Current Edition, J. UL 50E- Enclosures for Electricalq Including All Revisions. Including All Revisions. — UL 67 Panelboards Current Edtion, K. Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures L. UL 489 -Molded-Case CircuitqllRevisions. All Revisions. Including Including Current Edition,G ters Current Edition, All Revisions. M. — UL 943-Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters Current Edition, Including N. UL 1699 -Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSto avoid p spaces and working A. Coordination: 1. or Coordinatehrpotential the w obstructionsb with otherwithin trades NFPA 70. or other requ"idred'byted equipment clearances for electrical equipmentrequired with the dimensions and clearance 2. Coordinate arrangement of electricalt to be installed. requirements f the actual equipment Obtain — g. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductorsArchitect to of any installed. conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.4. Notify rect proceeding with work. direction before 1.05 SUBMITTALS Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. a es and data sheets foronents and B. See Section 01 3000 and other installed ashe comp overcurrent protective devices, Product Data: Provide s manufacturer's standard catalog p panelboards, enclosures,accessories. e 1 of 4 Section 26 2416 Page Project No.21-25083 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 1. Include characteristic trip curves for each type and rating of overcurrent overcurrent Drawings: Indicate outline and support protective device locationsprotective device arrangement point dimensions conductorctiterminaldevi information,ra nt and voltage, main bus 1. Includesizes short circuit current ratings,opacity,dimensioned and installed features and with all required clearances aindicated. d lvat on views of conduitipm entry 2. Include wiring diagrams showingadjacent equipment Project Record Documents: all factory and field connections. installed circuitingarrangements. Record actual installed locations of E. Maintenance arrangements. Materials: panelboards and actual 1. See Section Furnish the following 2. 01 6000-Product Requirements, for additional Panelboard Keys: Two of each different key. maintenance 1.06 QUALITYof project. ASSURANCE provisions. _. A. Comply with requirements of — B. Manufacturer NFPA 70 this section wiQualifications: Companyspecializing C. his secuct ionminimum three tdin experience. years documented experience,manufacturing the products Nationally — Listing Organization specified in Recognized Testing Qualifications: An or jurisdiction. Laboratory(NRTL organization recognized b 1.07 DELIVERY ) and acceptable to authoritOiesHhaaing STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, ins and NECA 407Ct' handle, and store panelboards in ' B. Store in a clean d accordance with manufacturer's instructions or heavydry space. Maintain factory plasticclan coves to protect unitstai from dirt,wrappingor C. or Handle carefully in cover ac to protect provide an i ,additional heavy ' water, construction debris, and traffic. canvas Panelboard internal components, manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage PART 2 PRODUCTS p°scuts, enclosure, and finish. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS to A. Eaton Corporation: c' www.eaton.com/#sle. B. Schneider Electric; C. Square D Products: www 7'Siemens Industry Inc: Schneider electric.us/#sle. LI D Source Limitations: www.usa.siemens.com. _. manufacturercas theFurnishother electrical and associated components supplier. hi produced b y the 2.02 PANELBOARDSequipment used for this project and obtainede -GENERAL A. Provide products listed, classified,REQUIREMENTS B. and labeled as suitable for the Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable following service conditions: purpose intended. 1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. for continuous operation under the 2. Ambient Temperature: C. Short Circuit Current Rating: 1. Provide panelboards with listed short circuit current rating current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. 2. Listed series ratings are not acceptable. not less than the available fault D. Mains: g Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or installation. "" E. Branch overcurrent Protective Devices: as required for the F. Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 67 Replaceableem without disturbing 1. Provide fully rated neutral bus unless otherwiseindicated, g adjacent devices. feeder or bry rat circuit re Aerate rie requirements. quiring a neutral conneco with a suitable lug for each Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 2416 - Page 2 of 4 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation panelboard,with a suitable lug for ui ment ground bus in eachpanelbor. grounding 2 Provide solidly bonded equipment each feeder and branch circuit equipmentwith UL 50 and UL 50E. Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductorsp to b i installed. the G. E closure : Comply and list and label asas specified for — H. Enclores:Environmentomply with NEMA 250, Unless otherwise indicated, Type per NEMA 250: 1' installation locations: following DryLocations: Type 1. — a. Indoor Clean, T e 3R. b. Outdoor Locations: yp Boxes: u sized t accommodate the conductors to be installed. 2. Galvanized st�terunless otherwise indicate d. a. Provide wiring gutters— 3. Fronts: ks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated. 4. Lockable Doors: All Preparelo all nused spaces for future installation provisions. of d vices including I. bussing,uture Provisions: all connectors, mounting hardware and all other required table. J. Load centers are not accep trip-free,free,trip indicating circuit 2.03 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVEBreakers: center toggle, p with FS W C 375 A. Molded Case Circuit overwith UL 489, and complying 1 Description: Quick-make, quick-break, s configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings. whereekers listed and labeled as complying provide wthe gshort — applicable; rating as required to 2. Interrupting Capacity:breakers tin capacity a. Provide circuit breakendicated auto not less than: c — a. circuit current,000rms ng symmetrical amperes at 240 VAC or 208 VAC. c 1) 10,000 symmetrical amperes at 480 VAC. tin capacity not less than o 2) 14,000 rms symmetricaloi _ Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting C. _ b, Fully Rated Sy indicated. u the short circuit current rating er conductors only. 3. Conductor Terminations: poles. Material: Copper suitable for terminating Cop C. a. Lugcomplying ll -- breaker types where indicated: Listed as comp y g with UL Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for ars 4. M circuit Circuit indicated: 5. Provide the following ter (GFCI) e listed wi a. Ground Fault oCr protection on of personnel. Combination typ _ 9 rc, class i for p ter (AFCI) Circuit Breakers: as b. Arc-Fault Cv�nth'ULt t1699. complying 6. Do not use tandem circuit breakers. — Do not use handle ties in lieu of multi-pole circuit breakers. 7. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITYa CONTROL ON dsoaccording to NEMA PB 1 A• Factory test p PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION onents are that field measurements are as in anelboards and associated comp A. Verify configurations of the p B. Verify that the ratings and config consistent with the indicated requirements.to receive panelboards. surfaces are ready riot to starting work. C. Verify that mounting for installation p D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory 3.02 INSTALLATION eneral workmanship). A. Perform work in accordancefth NECA 1 with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install products in accordance anelboards in accordance with NECA 40c7 and N o da Bce with manufacturer's — 1.1. C. Install p minimum clearances D. Arrange equipment provideto instructions and NFPA 70. Section 26 2416 Page3 of 4 r Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation E. Provide required su F. Install pp°�and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529 panelboards plumb. G. Mount panelboards such that the highest switches does not exceed inches hs g position of anyoperating H- Provide above the floor or handle for circuit breakers or grounding and bonding in accordance working platform. I. Install all field-installed branch devices, components, with Section 26 0526. J. Provide filler plates to cover unused spacesinpal and accessories. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL in panelboards. A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional re B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS,Molded Caserequirements. Circuit Breakers: except Section 4. 7.Molded for all main circuit e Pe Tests sted inspections optional D. s oandn l are listed in it ATS, Test GFCI circuit breakers to verifyp onal are not re Section E. Test AFCI circuit breakers to verifyproper operation. quired. F. Correct deficiencies and replace proper operation. 3.04 ADJUSTING damaged or defective A. � g panelboards or associated components. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical. B. connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings Adjust alignment of panelboard fronts. C. Load Balancing:g: For each panelboard, rearrange measured steady state phase load does not exceed directories measured steady accordingly. circuits 20 percent that the difference between 3.05 CLEANING Maintain proper phasingfor 2i and adjustis. circuit multi-wire branch circuits.A. Clean dirt and debris from panelboard enclosures and components B. Repair scratched or according to manufacturer's instructions. marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 2416 - Page 4 of 4 City of Waterloo -Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES — PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall switches. B. Receptacles. C. Wall plates. — 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0533.16 -Boxes for Electrical Systems. B. Section 26 0923 - Lighting lighting, including Control Devices: Devices for automatic control of and in-wall interval timers. occupancy sensors, in-wall time switches, Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. 1.03 A. NECA 1 -STANDARDS Devices 2201 — NECand Maintaining Wiring B. NECA 130 Standard for Installing Devices 1999 (Reaffirmed 2020). 016. General Color Requirements for Wiring C. NEMA WD 1 - Specifications 2016. 6 -Wiring Devices- Dimensional Sp Adopted by Authority Having D. NEMA WDCode by NFPA 7ti NationalInli Electrical I cable Amendments and Supplements. Revisions. E. All Applicable Including All Jurisdiction,-Ge, Including All Revisions. General-Use Snap Switches Current Edition, Including F. UL 20 and Receptacles Current Edition, Including All G. UL 498 -Attachment PlugsDevices Current Edition, c Cover Plates for Flush Mounted Wiring All Revisions. H. UL 514D Including Revisions. ters Current Edition, UL 943 - Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters F I. c 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENT Xes with millwork, furniture, equipment, etc. installed A. Coordination:Coordinate the placement of outlet bo uirements of ° 1. others. orations with the electrical req under ina e sections i by and configurations 2. Coordinate wiring device ratingssuch as split face block, to actual equipment to be installed. Coordinate the installation and preparation of uneven surfaces, devices. 3. provide suitable of any for installation deviations tif wusing conflicts or deviations from Contract Documents to obtain direction — 4. Notify Architect anNyth work. prior to proceeding are complete. B. Sequencing: devices until final surface finishes and painting — 1. Do not install wiring 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE the products specified in A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. specializing in manufacturing — ears experience. B. Manufacturer ction with minimum three y past'documented ur ose intended. this OSHA as a organization recognized by C. Products: Listed, classified, and labeled An org fort e purpose to authorities having Organization Qualifications:aboratory (NRTL) and acceptable D. Product Listing nized Testing Nationally Recognized jurisdiction. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Store in a clean, dry space in original manufacturer's packaging until ready for installation. -- PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING DEVICE APPLICATIONS e 1 of 4 A. Provide wiring devices suitable for intended use and with ratings adequate for load served. Section 26 2726 -Pag r Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation B. For single receptacles installed on an individual branch rating not less than that of the branch circuit. C. Provide weather resistant GFCI receptacles circuit, provide receptacle — installed outdoors or in damp with ampere with specified weatherproof covers for receptacles D. Provide GFCI protection forwet locations. E. Provide receptacles installed within 6 feet of sinks. GFCI protection for receptacles _ F. Provide GFCI installed in kitchens. F. rovis noted otherwise,protection for receptacles serving electric drinking fountains. 2.02 WIRINGnot use combination switch/receptacle devices. DEVICE FINISHES A. Provide wiring device finishes as described below rwise B. Wiring Devices, Unless Otherwise Indicated: unless othe White with stainless steel'wal plate. C. Wiring Devices Installed in Unfinished 2.03 WALL SWITCHES Spaces: Gray with galvanized steel wall plate. A. Manufacturers: — 1. Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc: www.leviton.com/#sle. B. Seymour, a brand of Legrand North America, Inc: Wall Switches- with silver alloyGeneral Requirements: AC only, w •legrand.us/#sle. Switches contacts,Requirements:complying quiet operating, with ULo 20andts with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD a and listed complyingWiring Provisions: where applicable FSsnap switches . Terminal screws for side wiring96' types6, as back wiring with separatedas indicated on the drawings 2.04 RECEPTACLES ground terminal screw. and screw actuated binding — clamp for A. Manufacturers: 1. Leviton Manufacturing Company,2. Pass & Seymour, a brand of Inc: www.leviton.com/#sle. B. - Legrand North America, Inc: 6, Requirements: g www.legrand.us/#sle. WD Receptacles and listed General complying Self-grounding, -e indicated on the drawings.p Y g with UL 498and g, complying with NEMA WD 1 1. where applicable FSand NEMA W-C-596; types as back Wiring Provisions:n Terminal screws for side wiringse or screw actuated binding clampfor 7' C. Convenience Receptacles: pecified are according to NEMA WD 6. 1. Standard Convenience — 5-20R; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings.lspecification grade, D. GFCI Receptacles: p g 20A, 125V, NEMA 1• GFCI Receptacles - light to indicateground fault General equirements: _ with UL 943, tripped condition and loss of protection;ng, with feed-througha. protection and 2. Standard GFCI Receptacles: as complying 5 20R, rectangular Receptacles:ep acles:style. color as device. Commercial specification grade, duplex, 20A, 125V, 3. Weather Resistant GFCI Receptacles: 12eat 5tant GFCIReceptacles:cl :decorator style, listed andNEMA Commercial specification grade, duplex, type , NEMAin5 20 UL rectangularab labeled as h 20A,locations. Supplement SE suitable for installation in dampor resistant 4. Tamper Resistant and Weather Resistant GFCI Receptacles: grade, duplex, or wet p 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, rectangular decorator style,l Industrial andication tamper resistant type and as weather resistant t afor pllation in damplisted labeled as 2.05 WALL PLATES or wet locations. Complying with L 498 Sup — plement A. Manufacturers: 1 Hubbell Incorporated: www.h ubbell-wiring.com/#sle. Project No. 21-25083 _ Section 26 2726 - Page 2 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 2. Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc: www.leviton.com/#sle. 3. Lutron Electronics Company, Inc: www.lutron.com. 4. Pass & Seymour, a brand of Legrand North America, Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle. — B. Wall Plates: Comply with UL 514D. of corresponding wiring 1. Configuration: One piece cover as required for quantity and types devices. 2. Size: Standard. 3. Screws: Metal with slotted heads finished to match wall plate finish. C. Nylon Wall Plates: Smooth finish, high-impact thermoplastic. D. Stainless Steel Wall Plates: Brushed satin finish, Type 302 stainless steel. E. Weatherproof Covers for Damp Locations: Gasketed, cast aluminum,with self-closing hinged cover and corrosion-resistant screws; listed as suitable for use in wet locations with cover closed. with hinged lockable cover F. Weatherproof Covers for Wet Locations: Gasketed, cast aluminum, and corrosion-resistant screws; listed as suitable fo for use e in n wet locations while in use with attachment plugs connected and identified as PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. proper mounting heights and are B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at pro pce properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in cordan d with NFPA by plates C. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely D. Verify that final surface finishes are complete, including painting. E. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to c CI wiring devices. F. Verify that openings in access floor are in proper locations. F G. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. c u 3.02 PREPARATION o A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. _ — B. Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes. 3.03 INSTALLATION eneral workmanship) and,where applicable, NECA A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (g 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordinate locations of outlet boxeso providednder this dder Section 26 0533.16 as required for — installation of wiring devices provided tion. 1. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated, as follows: a. Wall Switches: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box. b. Wall Dimmers: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box. ` c. Fan Speed Controllers: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box. d. Receptacles: 20 inches above ed floor to topof wiring devices of esbunles ox orsotherwise aboveinches dicatedter. 2. Orient outlet boxes for vertical installation ,_, 3. Where multiple receptacles ordwall ces togetherre undeaaed at the same common wall platetion and at thf same mounting height, gang plate 3 inches from 4. Locate wallWherees on strike locations are de of door with ind indicated otherwise,e onotifylArchitect to obtain direction door frame. Where — prior to proceeding with work. 5. Locate receptacles for electric drinking fountains concealed behind drinking fountain according to manufacturer's instructions. -- C. Install wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. _ Section 26 2726 Page 3 of 4 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation — E. Where required, connect wiring devices using pigtails not less than 6 inches not long. Do _ connect more than one conductor to wiring device terminals. F. Connect wiring devices by wrap tightening to proper torque speciiffied by the manufacturer. Where present, do not useing conductor clockwise 3/4 turn around screw push--in and pressure terminals that do not rely on screw actuated binding. use pu G. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. H. Unless otherwise indicated, GFCI receptacles may be connected to provide feed-through protection to downstream devices. Label such devices to indicate they are protected by upstream GFCI protection. gh I. Install wiring devices plumb and level with mounting yoke held rigidly in place. J. Install wall switches with OFF position down. K. Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after derating for as instructed by manufacturer. ganging L. Do not share neutral conductor on branch circuits utilizing wall dimmers. M. Install vertically mounted receptacles with grounding pole on bottom and horizontally mounted receptacles with grounding pole on left. N. Install wall plates to fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and rough opening completely covered without strain on wall plate. Repair or reinstall improperly installed outlet boxes or improperly sized rough openings. Do not use oversized wall plates in lieu of meeting this requirement. O. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no wiring devices installed or designated for future use. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Inspect each wiring device for damage and defects. C. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized to verify D. Test each receptacle to verify operation and proper polarity.proper operation. E. Test each GFCI receptacle for proper tripping operation according to manufacturer's instructions. T F. Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective wiring devices. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 2726 - Page 4 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 2813 FUSES — PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fuses. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and — requirements. B. Section 26 2816.16 - Enclosed Switches: Fusible switches. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS _ A. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses 2012. Adopted by Authority Having B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Ad Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. — C. UL 248-1 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 1: General Requirements Current Edition, Including All Revisions. D. UL 248-12- Low-Voltage Fuses - Pad 12: Class R Fuses Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: under other sections for — 1. Coordinate fuse clips furnished in equipment provided compatibility with indicated fuses. 2. Coordinate fuse requirements according to manufacturer's recommendations and— nameplate data for actual equipment to be installed. c 3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain o direction before proceeding with work. o u _ 1.05 SUBMITTALS c A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements,standard data sheets nitcluding voltage and current B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer'so ratings, interrupting ratings, time-current curves, and current limitation curves. _ — C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Own isuse additionalin maint provi enance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for 2. Extra Fuses: One set(s) ofotmree for each atible with eapch type and sandize 1s'zelindstalled. 3. Fuse Pullers: One set(s) p 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE — A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. specified in B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the productsp this section with minimum three years documented experience. as a _ C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization acceptableionrecognized toni authy orities OSHAas having Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory ( ) jurisdiction. _ PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Bussmann, a division of Eaton Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle. _ B. Littelfuse, Inc: www.littelfuse.com/#sle. 2.02 APPLICATIONS A. Individual Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK5 time-delay. 2.03 FUSES A. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. Section 26 2813 Page 1 of 2 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation — B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide fuses for all fusible equipment for a complete operating system. C. Provide fuses of the same type, rating, and manufacturer within the s it as required D. Comply with UL 248-1. ame switch. E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide cartridge type fuses complying with NEMA FU 1 Class ratings as indicated. F. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. and G. Class R Fuses: Comply with UL 248-12. H. Selectivity: Where the requirement for selectivity is indicated, furnish products as required achieve selective coordination. PART 3 EXECUTION q ed to 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that fuse ratings are consistent with circuit voltage and manufacturer's and nameplate data for equipment. recommendations B. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Do not install fuses until circuits are ready to be energized. B. Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read. END OF SECTION C U Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 2813 - Page 2 of 2 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 2816.13 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Enclosed circuit breakers. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS for Electrical Systems. A. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports — B. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FS W-C-375- Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service 2013e (Amended 2017). B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) 2020. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adoptedd by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions. E. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions. F. UL 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for suubmit al data sheets heets for circuit res. g ges B. Product Data: closuProvide , and other installed standard components and accessories. breakers, en C. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage and current ratings, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal information, and installed features and accessories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. n C. Products a ec Organization Testing g Laboratory (NRTL)gand accoeptable to aut by horities haSHA ving ng Nationally Recognized jurisdiction. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING in provide an additional heavy canvas A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water, construction debris, and traffic. B. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to enclosed circuit breaker internal components, enclosure, and finish. _ PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. B. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle. C. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.usa.siemens.com. 2.02 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Description: Units consisting of molded case circuit breakers individually mounted in enclosures. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. --- Section 26 2816.13 - Page 1 of 2 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the _ following service conditions: 1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. 2. Ambient Temperature: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F. D. Short Circuit Current Rating: E. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. F. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed circuit breaker, with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor. G. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the _ following installation locations: H. Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position. 2.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Description: Quick-make, quick-break, over center toggle, trip-free, trip-indicating circuit breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489and complying with FS W-C-375 where applicable; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings. B. Interrupting Capacity: 1. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit current rating indicated, but not less than: 2. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the short circuit current rating indicated. C. Conductor Terminations: 1. Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. D. Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles. END OF SECTION L Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 2816.13 - Page 2 of 2 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 2816.16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES _ A. Enclosed safety switches. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C. Section 26 0553- Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. D. Section 26 2813 - Fuses. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) 2020. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions. E. UL 50E- Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions. F. UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS g — A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, eq p _ or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and within working C clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 4. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for enclosed switches and other installed components and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage and current ratings, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal information, and installed features and accessories. D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed switches. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. D. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Section 26 2816.16 - Page 1 of 3 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. B. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to enclosed switch internal components, enclosure, and finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. -" B. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle. C. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle. D. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.usa.siemens.com. E. Source Limitations: Furnish enclosed switches and associated components produced by the same manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and obtained from a single supplier. 2.02 ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES A. Description: Quick-make, quick-break enclosed safety switches listed and labeled as complying with UL 98; heavy duty; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions: 1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. 2. Ambient Temperature: Between -22 degrees F and 104 degrees F. D. Horsepower Rating: Suitable for connected load. E. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. F. Short Circuit Current Rating: 1. Provide enclosed safety switches, when protected by the fuses or supply side overcurrent _ protective devices to be installed, with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. G. Provide with switch blade contact position that is visible when the cover is open. H. Fuse Clips for Fusible Switches: As required to accept fuses indicated. —' 1. Where NEMA Class R fuses are installed, provide rejection feature to prevent installation of fuses other than Class R. I. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. J. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed safety switch, with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor. K. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the following installation locations: a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1. b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R. 2. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard, factory applied grey unless otherwise indicated. L. Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that the ratings of the enclosed switches are consistent with the indicated requirements. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 2816.16 - Page 2 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed safety switches. D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529. E. Install enclosed switches plumb. mount enclosed F. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, switches such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform. G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526. H. Provide fuses complying with Section 26 2813 for fusible switches as indicated or as required by equipment manufacturer's recommendations. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from switch enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION u F C u u u Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 2816.16 - Page 3 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 5600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior luminaires. B. Ballasts. C. Poles and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Materials and installation requirements for concrete bases for poles. -- B. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C. Section 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems. D. Section 26 0923- Lighting Control Devices. E. Section 26 2726 -Wiring Devices: Receptacles for installation in poles. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO LTS - Standard0 Specifications bons for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals 2019). B. ANSI C78.379 -American National Standard for Electric Lamps -- Reflector Lamps -- Classification of Beam Patterns; 2006. C. ANSI C82.1 -American National Standard for Lamp Ballast- Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast; 2004. D. ANSI C82.4-American National Standard for Lamp Ballasts - Ballasts for High-Intensity- Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps 2017. E. ANSI C82.11 -American National Standard for Lamp Ballasts - High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts 2017. F. IEEE C2 - National Electrical Safety Code 2017. G. IES LM-79 -Approved Method: Optical and Electrical Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products 2019. H. IES LM-80 -Approved Method: Measuring Luminous Flux and Color Maintenance of LED Packages, Arrays, and Modules 2019. I. IES RP-8 - Recommended Practice for Design and Maintenance of Roadway and Parking Facility Lighting 2018, with Errata (2020). J. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. K. NECA/IESNA 501 - Standard for Installing Exterior Lighting Systems 2006. L. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. M. UL 1598 - Luminaires Current Edition, Including All Revisions. N. UL 8750 - Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate placement of poles and associated foundations with utilities, curbs, sidewalks, trees, walls, fences, striping, etc. installed under other sections or by others. Coordinate elevation to obtain specified foundation height. 2. Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from Contract Documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work. B. Coordination: Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations. Section 26 5600 - Page 1 of 5 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard product of -_ the manufacturer. 2. Provide photometric calculations where luminaires are proposed for substitution upon request. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard product of the manufacturer. D. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, weight, effective projected area (EPA), and installed accessories; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features. 1. LED Luminaires: a. Include estimated useful life, calculated based on IES LM-80 test data. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Instructions for each product including information on replacement parts. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, handle, and store products according to NECA/IESNA 501 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Keep products in original manufacturer's packaging and protect from damage until ready for c installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS T 2.01 LUMINAIRE TYPES A. Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings. B. Any deviation from what is called out in the Light Fixture Schedule requires prior approval from the Engineer. 1. Provide Cut Sheets and Photometrics. 2.02 LUMINAIRES A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable. C. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D. Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s)and all sockets, ballasts, reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and protect the lamp and distribute the light. E. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, poles, foundations, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system. F. Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any damage, distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc.G. LED Luminaires: 1. Components: UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable. 2. Tested in accordance with IES LM-79 and IES LM-80. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 5600 - Page 2 of 5 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 3. LED Estimated Useful Lif :LM-80 Minimum test data.of50,000 hours at 70 percent lumen maintenance, calculated based on IES 2.03 BALLASTS AND DRIVERS A. Ballasts/Drivers - General Requirements: 1. Provide ballasts containing no polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). federal .._. 2. Minimum ballast efficiency efficacy standards complying with all current applicable and state B. Dimmable LED Drivers: _ 1. Dimming Range: Continuous dimming from 100 percent to five percent relative light output unless dimming capability to lower level is indicated, without flicker. 2. Control Compatibility: Fully compatible with the dimming controls to be installed. 2.04 POLES A. All Poles: 1. Provide poles and associated support components suitable for the luminaire(s) and associated supports and accessories to be installed. 2. Structural Design Criteria: a. Wind Load: Include e es vt be projected area (EPA) of luminaire(s) and associated supports and 1) Design Wind Speed: 90 miles per hour, with gust factor of 1.3. b. Dead Load: Include weight of proposed luminaire(s) and associated supports and accessories. 3. Material: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Shape: Round straight, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Finish: Match luminaire finish, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Mounting: Install on concrete foundation, height as indicated on the drawings, unless otherwise indicated. 7. Unless otherwise indicated, provide with the following features/accessories: a. Top cap. b. Handhole. c. Anchor bolts with leveling nuts or leveling shims. d. Anchor base cover. e. Provision for pole-mounted weatherproof GFI receptacle. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION _ A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. C. Verify that suitable support frames are installed where required. D. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to luminaires. E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 0533.16 as required for installation of luminaires provided under this section. B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Install luminaires in accordance with NECA/IESNA 501. D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 0529. E. Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires. F. Pole-Mounted Luminaires: 1. Maintain the following minimum clearances: a. Comply with IEEE C2. Section 26 5600 - Page 3 of 5 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation b. Comply with utility company requirements. 2. Foundation-Mounted Poles: a. Provide cast-in-place concrete foundations for poles as indicated, in accordance with Section 03 3000. 1) Install anchor bolts plumb per template furnished by pole manufacturer. 2) Position conduits to enter pole shaft. b. Install foundations plumb. c. Install poles plumb, using leveling nuts as required to adjust to plumb. d. Tighten anchor bolt nuts to manufacturer's recommended torque. 3. Grounding: a. Bond luminaires, metal accessories, metal poles, and foundation reinforcement to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. _ 4. Install separate service conductors, 12 AWG copper, from each luminaire down to handhole for connection to branch circuit conductors. 5. Install weather resistant GFI duplex receptacle with weatherproof cover as specified in Section 26 2726 in designated poles. G. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. H. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. _ I. Provide concrete bases for lighting poles at locations indicated, in accordance with Section 03 3000. J. Install lamps in each luminaire. K. Bond luminaires, metal accessories, and metal poles to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Inspect each product for damage and defects. C. Perform field inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01 4000. D. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection to verify proper operation. E. Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products. Repair or replace excessively noisy ballasts as determined by Architect. F. Measure illumination levels to verify conformance with performance requirements. Take measurements during night sky, without moon or with heavy overcast clouds effectively obscuring moon. 3.04 ADJUSTING �. A. Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as directed by Architect. Secure locking fittings in place.B. Aim and adjust luminaires to provide illumination levels and distribution indicated on Drawings. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces according to NECA/IESNA 501 and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and restore finishes to match original factory finish. B. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials. _ C. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. D. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. E. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.06 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of luminaires to Architect, and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed. B. Just prior to Substantial Completion, replace all lamps that have failed. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed luminaires from subsequent construction operations. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 5600 - Page 4 of 5 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 3.08 SCHEDULE -SEE DRAWINGS END OF SECTION C' C' C c a c u C u u _ v Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 5600 - Page 5 of 5 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 27 1000 STRUCTURED CABLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Communications system design requirements. B. Communications pathways. C. Communications outlets. —' D. Communications grounding and bonding. E. Communications identification. _ 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 8400 - Firestopping. B. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. C. Section 26 0533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems. D. Section 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems. E. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products. F. Section 26 2726 -Wiring Devices. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. B. TIA-568.2 - Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards 2009c, with Addendum (2016). C. TIA-606 -Administration Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure 2017c. D. TIA-607 - Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing)for Customer _ Premises 2019d. E. UL 444 - Communications Cables Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of other utilities or obstructions within the spaces dedicated for communications equipment. 2. Coordinate arrangement of communications equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. — 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: At least 3 years experience manufacturing products of the type specified. C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Keep stored products clean and dry. Project No. 21-25083 Section 27 1000 - Page 1 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESIGN A. Provide a complete permanent system of cabling and pathways for projector system in monument, including cables, conduits and wireways, pull wires, support structures, enclosures and cabinets, and outlets. _ 1. Provide fixed cables and pathways that comply with NFPA 70 and TIA-607 and are UL listed or third party independent testing laboratory certified. 2. Provide connection devices that are rated for operation under conditions of 32 to 140 degrees F at relative humidity of 0 to 95 percent, noncondensing. 3. In this project, the term plenum is defined as return air spaces above ceilings, inside ducts, under raised floors, and other air-handling spaces. _ B. Cabling to Outlets: Specified horizontal cabling, wired in star topology to distribution frame located at center hub of star; also referred to as "links". 2.02 PATHWAYS _ A. Conduit: As specified in Section 26 0533.13; provide pull cords in all conduit. B. Firestop Sleeves: Listed; provide as required to preserve fire resistance rating of building elements. 2.03 COPPER CABLE AND TERMINATIONS A. Provide cables with lead content less than 300 parts per million. B. Copper Horizontal Cable: 1. Description: 100 ohm, balanced twisted pair cable complying with TIA-568.2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 444. 2. Cable Type -Voice and Data: TIA-568.2 Category 6 UTP (unshielded twisted pair); 23 AWG. 3. Cable Capacity: 4-pair. 4. Cable Applications: Use listed NFPA 70 Type CMP plenum cable unless otherwise indicated. 5. Product(s): a. CommScope; SYSTIMAX Twisted Pair Cables; GigaSPEED XL Category 6 U/UTP Cable: www.commscope.com/#sle. Z 2.04 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS A. Comply with TIA-607. B. Comply with Section 26 0526. —' 2.05 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Comply with TIA-606. _ PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Comply with Communication Service Provider requirements. B. Grounding and Bonding: Perform in accordance with TIA-607 and NFPA 70. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PATHWAYS A. Install pathways with the following minimum clearances: 1. 48 inches from motors, generators, frequency converters, transformers, x-ray equipment, and uninterruptible power systems. 2. 12 inches from power conduits and cables and panelboards. 3. 5 inches from fluorescent and high frequency lighting fixtures. 4. 6 inches from flues, hot water pipes, and steam pipes. B. Conduit, in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 0533.13: 1. Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of two 90 degree bend(s) between pull points. 2. Conduit Bends: Inside radius not less than 10 times conduit internal diameter. 3. Arrange conduit to provide no more than 100 feet between pull points. Project No. 21-25083 Section 27 1000 - Page 2 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 4. Do not use conduit bodies. 5. Minimum Cover- Underground Service Entrance: Comply with NFPA 70 and Communications Service Provider requirements. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND CABLING A. Cabling: 1. Do not bend cable at radius less than manufacturer's recommended bend radius; for unshielded twisted pair use bend radius of not less than 4 times cable diameter. 2. Do not over-cinch or crush cables. 3. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended cable pull tension. 4. When installing in conduit, use only lubricants approved by cable manufacturer and do not chafe or damage outer jacket. B. Service Loops (Slack or Excess Length): Provide the following minimum extra length of cable, looped neatly: 1. At Distribution Frames: 120 inches. C. Copper Cabling: 1. Category 5e and Above: Maintain cable geometry; do not untwist more than 1/2 inch from point of termination. 2. For 4-pair cables in conduit, do not exceed 25 pounds pull tension. 3. Use T568B wiring configuration. D. Identification: 1. Use wire and cable markers to identify cables at each end. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Comply with inspection and testing requirements of specified installation standards. _ _ c C. Visual Inspection: 1. Inspect cable jackets for certification markings. o 2. Inspect cable terminations for color coded labels of proper type. 3. Inspect outlet plates and patch panels for complete labels. D. Final Testing: After all work is complete, including installation of telecommunications outlets, and telephone dial tone service is active, test each voice jack for dial tone. END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 27 1000 - Page 3 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation _ SECTION 01 6000 --ATTACHMENT SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS Architects Project No: 21-25083 Date: Project Name: City of Waterloo Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation Specification Section Manufacturer Specified Proposed Manufacturer Indicate drawing sheet name in lieu of specification section where applicable. Vendor/Supplier Name: Address: Contact: E-Mail: Telephone: Fax: Reason for Substitution: { C ll 1- Does Specification Allow for Substitutions of Proposers Items? Yes: No: Will the Substitution Provide Cost Savings to the Owner? Yes: No: _ Are Proposed Substitutions Equivalent/Superior to those Specified? Yes: _ No: Did you provided marked-up product information showing side by side comparisons for both the specified products and proposed products? Yes: No: I' , accept responsibility for coordination of proposed substitution and accept all additional costs resulting from the incorporation of proposed substitution into the Project. (Proposers Signature Required) For Architect's Use• Comments: Accepted: Not Accepted: No Action Required: Submission: Incomplete: Too Late: Reviewed By: Date: SECTION 01 2000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Correlation of Contractor submittals based on changes. E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 7200 - General Conditions and Document 00 7300- Supplementary Conditions: Additional requirements for progress payments, final payment, changes in the Work. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Use Schedule of Values Form: AIA G703, edition stipulated in the Agreement. B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit draft to Architect for approval. C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. E. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification section. Identify site mobilization. F. Include separately from each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. G. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS C A. Payment Period: Monthly. B. Progress Payments: For each progress payment made prior to Substantial Completion of the u Work, the Owner may withhold the following amount, as retainage, from the payment otherwise due: Five Percent (5%). C. Use Form AIA G702 and Form AIA G703, edition stipulated in the Agreement. D. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Architect for approval. E. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. F. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following: 1. Item Number. 2. Description of work. 3. Scheduled Values. 4. Previous Applications. 5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application. 6. Authorized Change Orders. 7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application. 8. Percentage of Completion. 9. Balance to Finish. 10. Retainage. G. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. H. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. I. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 2000 - Page 1 of 3 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation J. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment when submitting paper copies. K. Include the following with the application: 1. Transmittal letter as specified for submittals in Section 01 3000. 2. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3000. 3. Project record documents as specified in Section 01 7800, for review by Owner which will be returned to the Contractor. L. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES _. A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or subcontractors of changes to Contract Documents. B. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time, Architect will issue instructions directly to Contractor. C. For other required changes, Architect will issue a document signed by Owner instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. D. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Architect will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within seven days. E. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000. F. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. 1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect. 3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, where applicable, the amount will based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by Architect without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be determined by Architect based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. G. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide the following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 2000 - Page 2 of 3 City of Waterloo-Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation and supp°�'ng data after completion itemized account of the Contract. submit item the Conditions natures of par�1es as For Time and Material work, indicatedl'nssue Change Orders for sig F and Aes o atria for dust the — 3. e,within Architect v� Values item of change, Orders the Contract. Schedule of line of Change a separate Execution Conditions of rora tly revise Order as H. din the Order,p Change revise sub provide of Change authorized Time, resubmit. execution each e in Contract and I. After ex t forms to record n Chang change, Payment reflect any ctge by the um progress schedules to rs of Work affected Contract Sum. revise prop es for other item ents. adjust times Record total J. Promptly ales to adl in P ject R merits,identifying ro Promptly enter changes YN►ENT for progress paue. K promp Payment as specified remaining s have been N FOR FINAL PA APPLICATION Final Pay merits, and t►1 the following 1•p6 AP are Application for previous pay considered un A. Prep tract S t Will not be cons :=- adjusted Con 01 7000. B. Application for Final Payment Section lidos procedures specified in accomplished-. ccomp out 1 All closeout USED PART 2 PRODUCTS - T USED SECTION EXECUTION -NO END OF -, PART 3 c 0 c u ►- C u u u L Section 01 2000 -Page 3 of 3 Project O. Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation prol 0 21 25083 City of Waterloo SECTION PART 1 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 ADMINIS GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electronic docu B. Preconstructionment submittal service. C. Progressmeeting. meetings. D. Construction progress schedule. E. Submittals in general. F. Submittals for review G. Number of copies of submittals n, and project closeout. H. Submittal procedures. 'ttals. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 7000 - requirements. Execution and Closeout Requirements:- Additional coordination sATOR Submittals: Project record documents; and 1.03 PROJECT COORDIN ments; operationmaintenance data; warranties and bond A. Project Coordinator: General B. Cooperate with the Project Coordinator and shed for employee access, in allocation of C. Duringtraffic, and mobilization areas of site; for field offices construction, coordinate use parking facilities. D. h Projectof site and facilities through Comply reoorts and Coordinator's procedures for intra- the Projectniatins; submittals, of ambiguities and records, schedules, coordination drawings,project co o conflicts. gs, and recommendations; submittals, c E. Comply Y with instructions of the Project Coordinator for use oft and resolution ...6, construction facilities. F. Coordinate field engineeringtemporary utilities and G. Makeoo the following and layout work under instructions of the Project Coordinator. 1. g typeS of submittals to Architect through for Interpretation. Hater. 2. Shop drawings, the Project Coordinator: ° 3. g product data, and samples. o Test and inspection reports .,s 4. Design data. 5. Manufacturer's instructions and field re 6. Applications for payment and chap ports. 7. Progress schedules. 9e order re 8. Coordination drawings quests. 9. Correction Punch List and Final Correction Punch 10. Closeout submittals. List for Substantial Completion PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 p n EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL SERVICE A. All documents transmitted for(Pl MS Word, MS purposes of administration of the contract are to be in Internet-based W Word, MS submittal service that format, as , to stamping appropriate to the document, electronic p g and signatures, and notifies addressees via e stores documents transmitted via an mail, provides electronic Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Section 01 3000 - Page 1 of 5 Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation and closeout,this procedure applies to r' information, modification documentation, contract change o 1. Besides submittals retation (RFIs), progress. _ documentsoqu for(e.g. supplementaryp instructions, change minutes, orders),r correction applications field reports and meeting art Contractor's the project for payment, participant wishes to make p other document any p punchlist, and any , record. required to use this service. Contractor and or Architects are submit documents in allowable format. to use the 2. responsibility 3. It is Contractor's respliers, and Architect's consultants _, 4. Subcontractors, suppliers, Internet access, and PDF review servicesat charge. (such as Adobe software, 5. to mark up and apply electronic stampsunless suche software Users of the service need an email address, bluebeam.com), that includes abilityww. v,�vvw.adobe.com, or Bluebeam PDF Revu, provided by the service provider. emailed electronic documents will not capability is except that 6 Paper document transmittals will not be reviewed; procedures apply, be reviewed. an1 samples or color selection charts. 7. All other specified document requirements i documentot apply to transmission e cost the service in the electronic he servicepaid by Contractor; include the B. Cost: The cost of the is to be T Contract Sum. e.coml#sle. The selected service is: ): submittalexchang anticipants,with C. Submittal Service:Exchange (tell 1-800-714-0024Ses on will be arranged all participants, of 1. Submittal oneho ( further training fors the reap D. Training: One, one chit,web-basedContractor training participating; representatives of Architect and p to terminate the service for the project and is — the user the service.Closeout: Ac E. Project obtaining Architectwill e copies of files for Owner. c responsible for o 3.02 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING otice of Award. A. Schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. B. Project Coordinator will schedule a meeting C. Attendance Required: 1. Owner. 2. Architect. list of the items 3. : The Contractor. fi reconpetlon meeei to following agenda items are not a will be distributed at theal rm complete D. Note: The complete agenda g. that will be discussed. A E. Agenda: reement. 1. Execution of Own e -Contractor g and progress Submission of executed bonds en d insurance certificate edule of values, 2Documents. products, schedule, Submission sio of Contract Do list of p . Submission of list of subcontractors, parties to Contract and Owner. schedule. resenting the p applications for personnel rep submittals, substitutions, pp 5. Procedures and p of field decisions, procedures. 6. Procedures processing e Orders, and Contract closeout payments, proposal request, Chang and overall process. 7. Scheduling to bring other topics or concerns up or Shop drawings submittal, review times, 8. attendees are encouraged 9 Open for comments; discussion at this time.F. Record minutes and distribute copiess after meeting to participants,with copies within two day decisions made. to Architect, Owner, other participants, and those affected by 3.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS meetings throughout progress of the work at maximum monthly _ A. Schedule and administer Page 2 of 5 -.- intervals. Section 01 3000 Project No.21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation _ B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for meetings. C. Attendance Required: Participants, preside at 1. Contractor. .. 2. Owner. 3. Architect. 4. Contractor's superintendent. 5. Major subcontractors. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned ro 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and deliveryprogress. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. schedules. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 11. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 12. Other business relating to work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE to participants, with copies A. Within 7 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary operations for the first 60 days of work, with a general outline for remainder of i B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, schedule defining planned work. C. Within 7 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit submitd revised schedule within 5 days. for review, a 1- 1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed of proposed complete schedule schedule. D. Within 5 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. reviewed and accepted proposed c E. Submit updated schedule with each A— 3.05 SUBMITTALS IN GENERAL PPl�cation for Payment. 0 A. All submittals shall be submitted to the Architect through the Project exceptions. B. PDFs b 1 Coordinator- No Y e-mail is the preferred method; coordinate with Architect's representative. 1. Refer to "Requirements for Electronically Submitted Shop Drawings" section. C. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard g attached to this identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplementp data.standard data to provide information specific to this Project. Mark each copy to D. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specificallyfor manufacturers' characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets this Project; indicate utility and electrical functional equipment and appliances. -" E. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics for service for integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for i 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range product, with manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. interfacing work. ge of the F. By submitting submittals, the General Contractor represents to Architect Contractor has: 1. approved them. and that General Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 3000 - Page 3 of 5 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 2. Determined and verified materials,field measurements and field construction criteria _ related thereto, or will do so. 3. Check ed and coordinated the information conuai e ds within such submittals with the — requirements of the Work of the Contractapproved will be returned ct to General tl be at the G. Submacto that w thoo not apchit ctt's t'be vierevw.Ti end for this breach in p Contractor without the General1 Contractor. Time delays execution of the contract. sole penae H. All shop drawings shall be submitted no later than 45 days after 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Whe n the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. for compliance with of checking given — and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. B. Submit to Architect for review for the limitedpurpose _ information or C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color,dance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES D. After review, provide copies and distribute article below. 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. u B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. . T 3.08 SUBMITTALS FOR PRP nEh List for SubT stantial Completion. �' A. Submit CorrectionCompletion. closeout in B.0 Submit Final followingCorre are Punch specified in individual v dualsections,al submit them at project C. When the are compliance with requirements of Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: 1. Project record documents. — 2. Operation and manenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Other types as indicated. ect completion. D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after pro 1 E. Refer to Section 01 7800 -Closeout Submittals. 3.09 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES documentation by interpreting the _ A. Shop Drawing Procedures: inal shop drawing 1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, orig related work. S do not meet the Contract Documents apecificoinnformation submitted as shop drawing ting ro 2. Generic, non-project-sp 1 drawings. requirements for shop of approved submittal form. submittals use form attached to this specification section. B. Transmit each submittal with a copy r 1. For shop Sequentiallynumber the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number anda C Sequential alphabetic suffix. Section 01 3000 -Page 4 of 5 — Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation a D. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. E. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination ofof information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Document . item F. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of relateditems. s. G. For each submittal for review, allow 10 days excluding delivery time to and from the H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations C detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. I. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. that mayo ntractor.be J. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. K. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to prompt) report comply with requirements. L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. y p rt any inability to END OF SECTION T. C r O C u H C u i U U Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 3000 - Page 5 of 5 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation AiMy SECTION 01 3000 --ATTACHMENT SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL FORM Architects Project No: 21-25083 Project Name: Cit Date• of Waterloo Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation Specification Section Number: Specification Section Name: Shop Drawing # Description: Subcontractor or Supplier Approval: --= General Contractor or Construction Manager Approval: c C C c a C u t- C u Architect/Engineer Review: C) Other Reviews and Comments: SECTION 01 3000 --ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRONICALLY SUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS 1. The Contractor shall fill out and include the submittal cover sheet included 2. The shop drawings are to be reviewed by the Contractor before submitting. All field verifications and missing information shall be completed and notedin the project manual. Contractor shall review them and verify that the products submitted g p required on the drawings.tb leThe specifications. The Contractor shall then affix their stamp on the submittal covertsh per eet.the must review Noractor ass throu h drawin s are esormitted. 3. The Contractor shall prepare a single PDF file that all sheets of the submittalincluded document. Only ONE specifications section per submittal is permitted. Each PDF shall Bookmarks set to the destination of separate items contained within are in one to use their own transmittal sheet it shall be a separate attachment. contain 4. Scans shall be in color. All pages shall be oriented y. Actual sheet sizes for the submittal the file. If the Contractor elects shall be 8 1/2x11 or 11x17 whenever possible. All print and details must be legible at those sizes. Larger file sheets such as 24x36 sheet size shall be identified in the e-mail. 5. The e-mail subject line shall list the five-digit project number first followed by the project name. Then the section number and a brief description of the submittal contents shall follow number. Example: 12345-High School Addition -23 3700-Air outlets and inlets. 6. The PDF file or attachment shall be named as follows. Example: 23 370 _ the submittal 12345-High School Addition.pdf 0 Air outlets &inlets- 7. Samples and color selections associated with the drawings shall be included in a attachment when practical. Actual samples, color selections shall be delivered to ISG and drawings will not be reviewed until actual samples are received.9 make notes as required on the drawings and separate 8. The Architect/Engineer will review the drawings, the shop stamp them. The PDF file shall then be renamed by adding the action required such as REVIEWED, FURNISH AS CORRECTED, REVISE 3700-Air outlets and inlets- 12345 High School Addition-REV/WED ESUBMIT orpdEJECTED. Example: 23 f 9. The Architect/Engineer shall then use the original email and attach the reviewed drawings and the forward back to the contractor. The e-mail that they are attached to will be considered transmittal. Any notes in the body of the email from the Architect/Engineer shall be considered as written on the sheets of the PDF file. 10. No hard copies will be sent by the Architect/Engineer. Note: Hard copies will be required to be included in the O&M Manuals as part of the project close out submittals. END OF ATTACHMENT SECTION 01 3510 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 INTENT AND CONDITIONS A. Intent 1. Define and coordinate structural testing and special inspection services. 2. Define and coordinate conventional testing and inspection services. 3. Provide greater confidence that the specified work is constructed in compliance with the contract documents and Chapter 17 of the 2015 International Building Code. 4. Testing and Inspection services are intended to assist in determininga of the work with requirements specified. These services do not relieve the Contractor of — responsibility for compliance with the requirep compliance B. Conditions requirements of the contract documents. 1. If inspection of fabricator's work is required, the Owner's representative may require testing and inspection of the work at the plant, before shipment. Owner, Architect and Structural Engineer of Record (SER) reserve the right to reject material not complying the contract documents. 2. Testing and inspection shall be performed in accordance with the industrystandard used — with as the reference for the specific material or procedure unless other criteria are specified. In the absence of a referenced standard, tests shall be accomplished in accordance generally accepted industry standards. or p d. 3. Work shall be checked as it progresses, but failure to detect any defective work with materials shall in no way prevent later rejection if defective work or materials are discovered, nor shall it obligate Owner to accept such work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to PART 3 for technical scope sections regarding specific qualifications i tests, frequency and standards required. 1.03 DEFINITIONS inspections, 0 0 c A. Testing—Evaluation of systems, primarily requiring physical manipulation and analysis of materials, in accordance with approved standards. -- B. Inspection — Evaluation of systems, primarily requiring observation and engineering u 1- Fi C. Structural Testing and Special Inspection— < herein include items required byI the 2015 International Testing Buildingg Ong judgment. u p Structural Testing and Special Inspection Services the professional judgment of the Structural Engineer of Record, are critical to the integrity u Code, and other items which in building structure. D. Conventional Testing and Inspection — grity of the describe those items not specially required by Code but may be considered essential Conventional Testing and Inspection Services herein proper performance of the building systems. E. Architect of Record—The prime consultant in charge of overall design to the project. g and coordination of the F. Structural Engineer of Record (SER)—The Licensed Engineer in responsible charge of the structural design for the project.ineer:— G. Licensed Structural Engineer: A professional engineer with education and experience in the desigof structures similar to this project licensed to practice in the state in which the located. H. Testing Agency project is (TA))—The properly qualified firm performing testing services. — I. Special Inspector SI ( )—A properly qualified individual or firm performing special inspections. J. Building Official—The Officer or his duly authorized representative charged with administration and enforcement of the 2015 International Building Code.p K. Continuous—The full-time observation of work requiring special ins e the special inspector who is present in the area where the work is being performed. coon by an approved L. Periodic—The part-time or intermittent observation of work requiring special inspection approved special inspector who is present in the area where the work is being performed. Project No. 21-25083 by an Section 01 3510 - Page 1 of 8 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation — 1.04 REFERENCES in the Testing and/or Inspection A. ASTM E329-02 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged of Materials Used in Construction. Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing. B. ASTM E43-02 - Standard Practice for Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use C. ASTM C1077-02- Practice for Laboratories Testing Evaluation. -- in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Agencies for Unit Masonry. D. ASTM C1093-95 - Practice for Accreditation ufl(Testing for Agencies Engaged in the Testing Design and Construction. E. ASTM D3740-01 - Practice for Minimum Requirements i and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering 9 F. AISC Steel Construction Manual 14th Edition (2010) G. 2015 International Building Code. H. See technical sections of PART 3 for specific references. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS shall be an approved independent testing agency A. Testing Agency (TA)—The testing agency ro ect is located and with the acceptable to the Owner,a e inhhec , and as noted below: e sections of experienced PART 2. 1. Authorized tos operate in the state in which ! in project technical scope requirements and testing methods specified 2. Meeting applicable requirements of Section 1.04 "References". devices of accuracy 3. Testing equipmentothe National Bureau of Standardsll be calibrated at reasonable , or to ls accey pted values of natural traceable to either — physical constants. of a The special inspector shall be under the direct supervisionn structural testing B. Special Inspector (SI)— type of work requiring registered civil/structural engineer, experienced with the and special inspection. a enc 1. The categories of special inspector are: to ee of a testing 9 Y ET a. Special Inspector-Technical I, II, and III: Usually an employee employee of thea sting fgen rm. b. Special Inspector- Structural I and II: Preferably materials and system, are noted in � 2. Unique special inspector requirements,for specificu related technical specification sections. 1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES Inspection Insp A. Structural Testing and SpecialSchedule in conjunction — 1. Special Inspectors: and Special Inspection Summary a. with otherths Structuralresponsible Te parties prior to commencement of construct of structural — n. with parties b. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scopede artment testing and special inspection. with c. Test and/or inspect the work assigned for conformane material and workmanship — approved design drawings, specifications and applicable provisions of the Code. Perform testing and inspection in a timely manner to avoid Being of worcrep. period , time, d. Bring discrepancies to the immediate attention utncorrected afte�atreasonable ection, onfirm thate they are corrects bring to the attention of the Structural Engineer of Record, the Building Official, and to the Architect. inspection reports to the Building Official, Contractor, the e. Submit test and/or persons in accordance with the Structural Engineer of Record, and other Inspection Summary Schedule. Structural Testing and Special special inspection report stating whether the work requiring P w f. Suwas,bmit o a final signed theh rep ector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved n , the best of inspector's workmanship provisions of the Code. plans, specifications and the applicable 2. Testing Agency: Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction w a. SigntheStructuralresponsible parties prior to commencement of construction. witthh otherr Section 01 3510 - Page 2 of 8 Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation ` b. If requested, attend a pre construction meeting to review the scope of structural testing and special inspection. c. When engaged as a special inspector, provide structural testing and special inspection services as previously described. 3. Architect of Record (or other prime consultant): a. Complete and sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. Provide a completed copy Schedule — Official. p of the schedule to all signed parties including Building b. If appropriate, arrange and attend a pre-construction meeting to review structural testing and special inspection. Include Contractor, Building Official, SER, Testing Agency and other parties concerned. the scope of c. Coordinate the flow of reports and related information to expedite resolution of construction issues. 4. Structural Engineer of Record (SER): a. Identify items requiring structural testing and special inspection including special cases. b. Define "type"of special inspector required for"description"of work indicated on the structural testing and special inspection schedule. c. Complete and sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule prior to commencement of construction. d. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural — testing and special inspection. e. Review reports submitted by special inspectors. f. If engaged as a special inspector, provide structural testing and special inspection services as previously described.5. Contractor: a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary o with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. — b. Coordinate efforts to gain signatures of all signing Schedule in conjunction 0 Structural Engineer of Record (SER). g g parties other than the Architect and c c. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural o testing and special inspection. ` d. Post or make available the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summaryu 1- Schedule within its office at the job site. Also, provide adequate notification to thosec parties designated on the schedule so they may u their work. properly prepare for and schedule v e. Provide the special inspectors access to the approvedu the job site. p drawings and specifications at f. Review reports submitted by special inspectors. g. Retain at the job site all reports submitted by the special inspectors for review by building official upon request. h. Correct in a timely manner, deficiencies identified in inspection and/or testing the i. Provide the special inspector safe access to the work requiring inspection and/or testing. reports. j. Provide labor and facilities to provide access to the work and to obtain, deliver samples, to facilitate testing and inspection and for storage and curingof samples. tarn, handle and k. Verification of conformance of the work within specified construction tolerances test — solely the Contractor's responsibility. 6. Fabricator: nces is a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary with other responsible parties prior to commencing construction. b. Submit a Certificate of Compliance to the Building Schedule in conjunction Structural Engineer of Record that the work was performed in accordance with Official, Special Inspector, and — approved plans and specifications. 7. Building Official (Typicalthe a. Determine work, which pr°thebBuilding Officialsties noted opinion, only): conditions in accordance with the 2015 International Building p nion, involves unusual hazards or Project No. 21-25083 Code. Section 01 3510 - Page 3 of 8 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation — b. Review special inspector qlualifications . Testing and Special Inspection Summary c. Accept and sign the comp Schedule. perform work in their shop,which requires special d. Review all fabricators who p ecial inspectors. inspection.ethe sp reports — and recommendations submittede special inspector(s). These fe.. Review signed reports" submitted by department. These to -- f. documents the "final dp accepted and approved by the building documents should be issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. ecial inspection 8. Owner: provide for cost of structural testing and sp a. Establish direct funding to ecifications and services. approved design drawings, sp b. Provide special inspector with approved shop drawings. agencies with full access to site at all times. c. Provide special inspectors and testing a g Summary Schedule in conjunction d. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. — B. Conventional Testing and Inspection department 1. T. Agency: provisions of theent 2015 a. Test or inspect the work assigned,for conformance workmanship p building ep approved plans, specifications and applicable International Building Code. b. Bring non-conforming items to the immediate attention of the Contractor, and i uncorrected to the Architect of Record. c. Submit test and/or inspection reports to the Architect of Record, the Contractor and other designated persons. 2. Contractor: agency they may properly prepare for and a. Provide adequate notification to testing 9 so s, app shop schedule their work. design drawing roved b. Provide testing agency with access to the approved specifications at the job site. inspection reports. -� drawings and and inspection. u c. d. Correct in a timely agency nmcy withdafe'access encies ltto the work requiring and/or testing e. Provide testing agency work and to e. Provide labor and facilities to provide cess to and for storage and obtain and of test handle — samples,to facilitate testing andinspection samples. f. Verification of conformance ofthe work within specified construction tolerances is — solely the Contractor's responsibility.consultant): Coordinate the flow of reporting and related information to expedite resolution of 3. Architect of Record (or other prime a. construction issues. _ C. Inspections by Building Official ections performed by the Building Official, 1. Contractor shall provide adequate notice for insp as required by the 2015 International Building Code, and local ordinance. Design Consultant and inspection, and periodic D. 1. c Site Observations by and inspection, conventional testing 1 Specialet structural testing ' sections by the Building Official do not preclude Weer of Record, nor shall tal field rel relieve theent ndte ' inspections observations by Architect or Structural et responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the approved Contractor of any drawings and specifications. not waive or alter contract requirements, or E. Limits of Testing agents special inspectors may the Architectenas, or 1, apry or ts and/or authorized by approve or accept any portion of the work unless specifically Engineer of Record. They may not assume any duties of the Contractor, an d Structural Eng they have no authority to stop or reject"Work". — Section 01 3510 -Page 4 of 8 — Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 1.07 PAYMENT "' A. Owner shall directly employ and pay for services of the special inspectors to perform Structural Testing and Special Inspection. B. Owner shall employ and pay for services of the testing agency to erf p m required Conventional Testing and Inspection. p orm required C. Unless noted otherwise, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, samples, mock- ups, and assemblies required for testing and inspection and shall pay for all shipping related to delivery of this work. Testing agency will pay for shipping costs of sampes transported from site to lab. costs D. If exploratory work is required to determine the cause of defects, the cost of such work shall be paid by the Contractor, if the work is found to be defective, in the judgment of the Architect/Engineer. Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for all costs incurred in this E. Any tests required to qualify the Contractor, or the workmen for anevent. Y phase of performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.08 INSPECTION NOTICE the work, shall be A. Contractor shall provide minimum of 24 hours notice for all items requiring testing — Items requiring testing and inspection services prior to or Burin or until testing and inspection services are available. Items requiring testing and in echo inspection. services after placement shall not be enclosed or obscured untigtest testing shall not be placed are performed. inspection 1.09 REPORTS 9 and inspection services A. Testing agency and/or special inspectors shall submit reports in accordance with the Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule and shall conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether; (1)test specimens and observations comply with Structural Contract Documents, and specifically state any deviations, (2) record types and locations of defects found in work, (3) record work required and performed, to correct deficiencies. o w B. Reports for structural testing and special inspection, shall be submitted in timelyc c manner to the Contractor, Building Official, SER, and Architect of Record. 1. Submit reports for ongoing work, to provide the information noted below: a. Date issued. C b. Project title and number. u c. Firm name and address. d. Name and signature of tester or inspector. u e. Date and time of sampling. `-' f. Date of test or inspection. g. Identification of product and specification section. h. Location in project, including elevations, grid location and detail. i. Type of test or inspections. j. Results of tests or inspections and interpretation of same. r k. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents or deviations there from. 2. Submit a final signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved specifications and the applicable Workmanshiwas. to p provisions of the ccode plans, C. Reports for conventional testing and inspection shall be submitted in a timely Contractor and the Architect of Record. 1.10 FREQUENCY OF TESTING AND INSPECTION manner to the A. For detailed requirements see technical sections of PART 3. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 3510 - Page 5 of 8 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 1.11 PROTECTION AND REPAIR P completion — of testing, sample-taking, or inspection, the Contractor shall repair damage A. workpon -- ed solely by the Architect/Engineer of Record. and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in the visual qualities eof xposed orfor surfaces,testing and/or inspection and protect repaired work. Repair osed by responsibility Protect work is and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of resp for testing and/or inspection. 1.12 TESTS TO DEMONSTRATE QUALLauCATIIONaI, method, or other system that has not been pre - qualified,gthe ed,theArhitectmaap — If qualified, the Architect may require applicable tests,to establish a basis for acceptance or rejection. These tests will be paid for by the Contractor. tests, criteria standards called for. The The Architect/Engineer of Record reserves theao right to require certification or other proof that B. agency.the system hall be i is in by compliance of an independent testing g y certificate shall be signed representative PART 2 MATERIALS (NOT USED) — PART 3 SCOPE OF TESTING AND INSPECTION 3.01 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION PROGRAM 9 Man Special Inspection A. The parties involved shall complete and sign the Structural he Summar Schedule. The Program, including Summary Schedule, shall be submitted to to t schedule building official for approval prior to issuance of a building permit. comp The includes the following: ection and testing. which to 1. A specific listing of the items requiring insp locable standards by 2. The associated technical scope sections that define the app judge conformance with the approved plans and specifications in accordance with 2015 1 g International Building Code. The technical o or fu full-time/continuous. also tluoue the s. degree or basis of inspection and testing; i.e., er test/inspection, per floor, etc. 3. The frequency of reporting, i.e., weekly, monthly, p 1. 4. Thep parties responsible for performing the inspection and testing work. party. Z 5. The required acknowledgments by each designatedu 3.02 CONVENTIONAL TESTING AND INSPECTION = A. (Not Used) 3.03 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION STATEMENT OF SPECIA L INSPECTIONS A. Refer to attached Program Summary Schedule for this project. It includes a schedule o f — Special Inspection services applicable to this project and the identity of agencies to be retained for conducting these inspections and tests. inspection reports B. Thee ldi Inspector r shall Architect records and of all inspections and shall Engineer of Record.nD Discrepancies shall be epancies are _ brought h Building Official, the the notcorrected, c the immediatereattention shofall the brought tote attention of the Building Official,his or not h tect and, the discrepancies Special Inspection program does not relieve the Contractor — Architect and SER. The Sp her responsibilities. C. Interim reports shall be submitted to the Building Official,erchiiteion all ndre SERuired Special D. A Final Report of Special Inspections documenting comp Ins ections, testing and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be P submitted prior to issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupanc . 3.04 TECHNICAL SECTIONS A. Section 31 2200 -Earthwork -Gradin Excavation Fillin 1, (Not Used) 2. Definitions — a. Refer to PART 1 for standard definitions. b. Special Inspector—Technical Section 01 3510 - Page 6 of 8 — Project No. 21-25083 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 1) Technical I: Technician shall be under the direct supervision of a Technical III. Work shall be performed in a qualified geotechnical/testing laboratory. 2) Technical II: Technical with a minimum of 2 years experience, or a graduate engineer, and is an employee of a qualified and approved geotechnical/testing laboratory, under the direct supervision of a Technical III. 3) Technical III: A civil/geotechnical engineer regularly engaged in this type of work with a minimum of 4 years experience, licensed in the State in which the project is located, and is an employee of a qualified and approved geotechnical/testing laboratory. This licensed engineer shall review and approve all final field reports. 3. Structural Testing and Special Inspection Requirements (Item and Frequency and Qualifications) a. Classification of materials used and encountered during construction per ASTM:D2488 and ASTM:D2487. Technical I b. Performance of laboratory testing of materials, as needed (Proctor, Sieve Analysis, Atterberg Limits, Consolidation Test, etc.). Technical I c. Field Density Tests: Technical I d. Provide periodic results of field compaction and laboratory work for general compliance with Contract Documents and Geotechnical Reports. Technical I e. Observe all subgrades/excavation bases below footings and slabs and verify design bearing capacity is achieved. Technical II f. Document presence of groundwater within excavations. Technical I g. Provide reports of subgrade observations for general compliance with Contract Documents and Geotechnical Report. Technical II h. Verify cut and fill slopes as specified in the contract documents. Technical III 4. Conventional Testing and Inspections Requirements a. Contractor shall verify that footings comply with frost depth requirements and shall report any variances to the SER in a timely manner. B. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete 1. General a. Structural testing is required for all concrete. Thus, Special inspections as outlined below are not required for the following items: 1) Isolated spread footings of buildings three stories or less in height that are fully c supported on earth or rock. 2) Strip footings of buildings three stories or less in height that are fully supported on earth or rock, where the footings support walls of light frame construction, the footings are designed in accordance with Table 1808.8, or the footing structural design is based on a f'c no greater than 2500 psi. 3) Non-structural slabs on grade, including prestressed slabs on grade when effective prestress in concrete is less than 150 pounds per square inch. 4) Concrete foundation walls constructed in accordance with Table 1807.1.6.2. 2. Definitions a. Refer to PART 1 for standard definitions. b. Special Inspector—Technical 1) Technical I: ACI Certified Grade I inspector. Inspector shall be employed by a testing laboratory, under the direct supervision of a Technical III. 2) Technical II: ACI Certified Grade II inspector. Inspector shall be employed by a testing laboratory, under the direct supervision of a Technical III. 3) Technical III: A civil/structural engineer regularly engaged in this type of work, with a minimum of 4 years experience and licensed in the State in which the project is located and is an employee of a qualified and approved testing laboratory. The licensed engineer shall review and approved all reports. 4) Testing laboratory shall have C.C.R.L. certification at the National Bureau of Standards. c. Special Inspector—Structural 1) Structural I: Graduate civil/structural engineer, or other personnel acceptable to the SER, with experience in the design of structural systems of this type. Inspections shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Structural II. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 3510 - Page 7 of 8 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 2) Structural II: Civil/structural engineer regularly engaged in the design of structural systems of this type, licensed in the State in which the project is located. The licensed engineer shall review and approve all inspection reports. 3) Special Inspector- Structural may be an employee of the SER.3. Structural Testing and Special Inspection Requirements (Item and Frequency and Qualifications) a. Sample and test all cast in place concrete; Technical I. 1) Prepare compression test specimens (ASTM C31), one set of four standard _ cylinders of concrete for each compressive strength test, mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured specimens. Specimens shall be 4x8 cylinders except where an alternate size has been approved by the structural engineer. 2) Perform compressive strength tests (ASTM C39). One set of four cylinders for each day's pour between one and 25 cubic yards. If a day's pour exceeds 25 cubic yards, one set of four cylinders for each additional 50 cubic yards, or fraction thereof. One specimen at seven days, two at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. For post tensioned concrete, make and test an additional cylinder at three days to verify strength prior to stressing. (When frequency of testing will provide less than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct at least five strength tests from — randomly selected batches. If fewer than five batches are used, conduct one test from each batch.) 3) Slump (ASTM C143): One test at point of discharge for each set of compression test specimens; additional tests when concrete consistency appears to have changed. 4) Air entrainment(ASTM C231): Test the first batch of air entrained concrete and one additional test for each set of compression test specimens. 5) Concrete Temperature: Test concrete temperature hourly when air temperature is 40F and below and when 80F and above, and each time a set of compression test specimens is made. b. On a periodic basis, perform concrete mix verification; Technical I. 1) Verify mixer truck trip ticket conforms to approved mix design. 2) Verify that total water added to mix on site does not exceed that allowed by concrete mix design. 3) Verify that concrete quality is indicative of adequate mixing time, consistency, and relevant time limits. Technical I c. On a continuous basis, inspect preparation and placement of all concrete. — 1) Verify the following; Structural I: (a) Verify acceptable general condition of concrete base prior to placement. (b) Verify concrete has been sampled for required concrete tests. (c) Verify that concrete conveyance and depositing avoids segregation and -- contamination. (d) Verify that concrete is properly consolidated. (e) Verify reinforcement remains at proper location. (f) Unless noted, inspections shall be on a continuous basis. Inspections may be performed on a periodic basis for the following types of work: d. On a periodic basis, observe protection and curing methods for all concrete requiring inspections as outlined above; Structural I: 1) Verify specified curing procedures are followed. 2) Verify specified hot and cold weather procedures are followed. e. On a continuous basis, inspect all bolts installed in concrete prior to and during concrete placement; Structural I: 1) Verify specified size, type, spacing, configuration, embedment, and quantity. 2) Verify proper concrete placement and means have been taken to achieve consolidation around all bolts. 4. Conventional Testing and Inspection Requirements a. (Not Used) END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 3510 - Page 8 of 8 City of Waterloo-Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation Structural Testing and Special Inspection Program Summary Schedule Project Name: City of Waterloo Five Sullivan Plaza Renovation Project No. 21-25083 Location: Waterloo, Iowa Permit No. (1) Technical (2) Type of Specific Report Assigned — Section Article Description (3) Inspector(4) Frequency (5) Firm (6) 31 2200 1705.6 Soils TA IBC Table 1705.6 03 3000 1705.3 Cast-In-Place Concrete TA IBC Table 1705.3 _ 04 2000 1705.4 Masonry TA Per IBC 1705.4 04 2000 1705.4 Masonry— Level B TA Per IBC 1705.4 04 2000 1705.4 Masonry— Level C TA Per IBC 1705.4 05 1200 1705.2.1 High-Strength Bolts SI-T Per IBC 1705.2.1 - 05 1200 1705.2.1 Welding SI-T Per IBC 1705.2.1 07 2400 1705.1.1 EIFS/Water-Resistive SI-T Per IBC 1705.1.1 Barrier Coating & 1705.15 - 07 8100 1705.13 Spray Applied Fire- TA Per IBC 1705.13 Resistive Material 05 1200 1704.2.5 Steel Fabrication TA Per Test/Inspection Note: This schedule shall be filled out and included in a Special Structural Testing and Inspection Program. (If not otherwise specified, assumed program will be "Guidelines for Special Inspection & Testing".) (1) Permit No. to be provided by the Building Official — (2) Referenced to the specific technical scope section in the program. (3) Use descriptions per IBC Chapter 17. (4) Special Inspector—Technical (SIT); Special Inspector—Structural (SIS) (5) Weekly, monthly, per test/inspection, per floor, etc. Per section 01 3510 of spec book. (6) Name of Firm contracted to perform services. F ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS -- (Each appropriate representative shall sign below) 5 u Owner: Firm: Date: Contractor: Firm: Date: — Architect: Firm: Date: SER: Firm: Date: SI-T: Firm: Date: SI-S: Firm: Date: TA: Firm: Date: F Firm: Date: If requested by engineer/architect of record or building official, the individual names of all prospective special inspectors and the work they intend to observe shall be identified as an attachment. Legend: SER = Structural Engineer of Record SI-T = Special Inspector-Technical TA= Testing Agency SI-S = Special Inspector-Structural F = Fabricator Accepted for the Building Department By Date SECTION 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals. B. Testing and inspection agencies and services. C. Control of installation. D. Tolerances. E. Manufacturers' field services. F. Defect Assessment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00 7200 - General Conditions: Inspections and approvals required by public authorities. B. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. C. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. General: As indicated in individual specification sections. C. Design Data: Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Owner's information. D. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Architect and to Contractor. 1. Include: a. Date issued. b. Project title and number. c. Name of inspector. 1 d. Date and time of sampling or inspection. e. Identification of product and specifications section. f. Location in the Project. g. Type of test/inspection. h. Date of test/inspection. i. Results of test/inspection. j. Compliance with Contract Documents. k. When requested by Architect, provide interpretation of results. 2. Test report submittals are for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Owner's information. E. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1. Indicate material or product complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. -- 2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Architect. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the Owner's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 4000 - Page 1 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation G. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for Owner. 1. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect for information. 2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. H. Erection Drawings: Submit drawings for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for Owner. 1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information '- given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. 2. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Architect or Owner. 1.05 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with _ requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Comply with reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. — F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform other specified testing and inspection. 1. Where indicated in individual specification sections the Contractor shall employ and pay -t for services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing and inspection. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Contractor Employed Agency: 1. Testing agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM E329, ASTM E543, ASTM E699, ASTM C1021, ASTM C1077, ASTM C1093, and ASTM D3740. —' 2. Inspection agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329. 3. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located. 4. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. — 5. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals either by NIST or using an NIST established Measurement Assurance Program, under a laboratory measurement quality assurance program. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 4000 - Page 2 of 4 — City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers'tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing and inspection required. B. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. 2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-compliance of Work or products. 6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 7. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers'facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. -- d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 4. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 6. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect. F. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be paid for by -- Contractor. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 4000 - Page 3 of 4 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 3.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship as applicable, and to initiate instructions when _ necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. _ 3.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not complying with specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the work, Architect will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. END OF SECTION C u Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 4000 - Page 4 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS — PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES — A. Temporary sanitary facilities. B. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. C. Waste removal facilities and services. 1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Owner will provide the following: 1. Electrical power, consisting of connection to existing facilities. a. Contractor shall provide portable generator power as required when connection to existing facilities is not adequate to complete the Work. 2. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities. B. Provide and pay for all additional lighting, heating and cooling, and ventilation required to complete the Work. C. Provide and pay for all temporary heating shelters required to complete the work. The Owner will not consider any requests for extra charges related to weather. D. Provide and maintain a minimum light level of 5 foot-candles for a safe work environment throughout the project. E. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction. 1. Replace all damage and worn receptacles used during construction prior to substantial completion. F. Use trigger-operated nozzles for water hoses, to avoid waste of water. 1.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization. B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. C. At end of construction, return facilities to same or better condition as originally found. — 1.04 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas 5_ that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1. The term "non-owned" refers to insurance coverage for other vehicles not owned by the named insured's. 1.05 FENCING A. Construction: Commercial grade safety orange color heavy duty diamond mesh safety fence; Product Guardian by Tenax Corporation: www.tenaxus.com or equivalent. B. Provide 4 foot high fence, minimum; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks where applicable. 1. Install fence around entire construction site. C. Installation: Install safety fencing according to manufacturer's instructions, and according to local governing authorities. 1.06 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary partitions as required to separate work areas from Owner-occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner-occupied areas, and to prevent damage to �-- existing materials and equipment. 1. Dust and Airborne Particulates: Prevent deposition of dust and other particulates in HVAC ducts and equipment. a. Cleaning of ductwork is not contemplated under this Contract. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 5000 - Page 1 of 2 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation b. Contractor shall bear the cost of cleaning required due to failure to protect ducts and equipment from construction dust. c. Establish condition of existing ducts and equipment prior to start of alterations. d. If extremely dusty or dirty work must be conducted, shut down HVAC systems for the duration; remove dust and dirt completely before restarting systems.B. Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces: 1.07 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Standard Covid related protocols. 1.08 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles. B. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner. C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. E. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. — 1.09 WASTE REMOVAL A. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to — legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. B. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project. z C. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. T D. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. E. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure ,— unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.10 FIELD OFFICES A. Office: Weathertight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling equipment, and equipped ._ with sturdy furniture, drawing rackand drawing display table. B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. 1.11 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Date of Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated.C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. E. Restore existing site damaged by construction to original condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 5000 - Page 2 of 2 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Re-use of existing products. C. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. D. Product option requirements. E. Base specified/scheduled products and design intent. F. Inconsistencies. G. Substitutions in general. H. Substitution limitations. I. Procedures for Owner-supplied products. J. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittals. B. Section 01 4000- Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. _ C. Section 22 0513 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment: Motors for plumbing equipment. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises unless specifically required or permitted by Contract Documents. c B. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed, but not to be re-used, relocated, u reinstalled, delivered to the Owner, or otherwise indicated as to remain the property of the Owner, become the property of the Contractor; remove from site. 2.02 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall assure the Owner that all new equipment and materials are asbestos free. The Contractor, subcontractors, and material suppliers are required to provide letters of non- asbestos confirmation with supporting documentation prior to material installations. The Owner may select materials to test for asbestos at any time including prior to and/or after installation. If suspect asbestos materials are tested and found to contain asbestos, the materials shall be abated in accordance with asbestos regulations by an Owner approved consultant and abatement contractor. New asbestos free products shall be re-installed by the Contractor supplying such material. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all new materials. If asbestos is found in the new materials, the cost for asbestos design, on-site monitoring, abatement, and replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Owner will collect and pay for the testing of any random suspect asbestos samples. C. Use of products having any of the following characteristics is not permitted: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. D. Where other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1. Are extracted, harvested, and/or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 2. Have longer documented life span under normal use. 3. Result in less construction waste. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 6000 - Page 1 of 4 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation E. Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. 2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting -- those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. — C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. D. Products that do not meet project specifications may be rejected at any time during the project. E. Cost associated with replacement product and delay in project schedule due to rejection shall be at sole expense of Contractor. 2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. '— PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BASE SPECIFIED/SCHEDULED PRODUCTS AND DESIGN INTENT A. Certain specification sections will indicate a base manufacturer and will then list other acceptable manufacturers. Similarly, certain specification sections will list multiple acceptable manufacturers but only one of the manufacturers will be scheduled on a plan sheet. In these scenarios, the designer has designed the system with considerations for the base manufacturer — or the product scheduled on the plan sheet. It is the responsibility of all bidders, contractors, suppliers to ensure that when bidding using an acceptable manufacturer other than the base manufacturer or the scheduled manufacturer that the design intent is met. Providing a product by an acceptable manufacturer other than the base specified or scheduled manufacturer constitutes a representation that the submitter: C 1. Has investigated supplied product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the base specified/scheduled product. -� 2. Will provide the same warranty for the supplied product as for the base specified/scheduled product. 3. As a result of differences between the base specified/scheduled product and the other acceptable manufacturers will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work — that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent.5. Will reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated with re- approval by authorities. 6. Will maintain dimensions, locations, clearances, accesses and other design intent shown on the plan or otherwise provided by the base specified/scheduled product. 3.02 INCONSISTENCIES A. If there is an inconsistency in the quality and/or quantity of Work required by the Contract Documents, either the greater quality and/or quantity of Work indicated shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation without change in the contract sum. 3.03 SUBSTITUTIONS IN GENERAL A. Proposed substitutions are required to be equivalent in all aspects to the specified products .... including but not limited to appearance, quality, and performance. B. When specified in individual sections actual samples shall be provided a minimum of 12 days prior to the bid due date for Architect's review and approval before products other than those scheduled or specified with be accepted; No Exceptions. 3.04 SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS A. Where the Bid Documents stipulate a particular product, substitutions will be considered up to 10 days before receipt of bids. Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 6000 - Page 2 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution _ with Contract Documents. 1. The substantiating data shall provide a side by side comparison consisting of sufficient information to determine acceptability of such products. C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 5. Agrees to reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities. D. Provide complete information on required changes to other Work to accommodate each proposed substitution. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. When a request to substitute a product is made, Architect may approve the substitution and will issue an Addendum to known bidders. G. Substitution Submittal Procedure 1. Transmit each substitution request with the Substitution Request cover letter attached to this specification section. 2. PDFs by e-mail is the preferred method; coordinate with Architect's representative. Only submit paper copies where necessary as follows: a. Submit five copies of request for substitution for consideration. 3. The submitter shall prepare a single PDF file when submitting by email so that all sheetso of a submittal are included in one document. Only ONE major product per submittal is permitted. Each PDF shall contain Bookmarks set to the destination of separate items contained within the file. If the submitter elects to use their own transmittal sheet it shall be a separate attachment. a. Scans shall be in color, pages shall be oriented correctly, actual sheet sizes for the submittal shall be 11 by 17 inch or 8 1/2 by 11 inch whenever possible, and all content must be legible. 4. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 5. Multiple proposed substitutions submitted on one form will only be considered when products are directly related. Major products and components should be listed first. 6. Submit shop drawings, product data, certified test results, etc. attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 7. The Architect will reply with a decision to accept or reject request in a timely manner. H. Substitution Submittal Procedure (after contract award): 1. Requests for Substitutions received after Bid Opening will not be considered except in such cases where it is necessary to make a substitution due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, discontinuance of a product, and similar circumstances. Such Requests for Substitution of materials after Contract Award shall be made in writing to the Architect and shall be made within ten (10) days of the date that the Contractor ascertains they cannot obtain the material or equipment specified. 2. Requests for Substitution will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Product Data submittals without a separate previously submitted Request for Substitution Form, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of the Contract Documents. 3. The Architect with approval by the Owner will be the judge of the acceptability of all Requests for Substitution received after Bid Opening. 3.05 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. Owner's Responsibilities: Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 6000 - Page 3 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers'warranties, inspections, and service. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 3.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration. B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging. C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling. H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 't A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. _. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment -- favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, —' precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants. G. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any. H. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. I. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. J. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. K. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. L. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 01 6000 - Page 4 of 4 _ City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation C. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable. D. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid. F. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from roof deck. G. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer. H. Equipment Support and Attachment: 1. Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut)to support equipment as required. 2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out. 3. Use metal channel (strut)to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, mount floor-mounted equipment on properly sized 3 inch high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 3000. 5. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support. I. Preset Concrete Inserts: Use manufacturer provided closure strips to inhibit concrete seepage during concrete pour. J. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. K. Remove temporary supports. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects. C. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion. u D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components. E. Install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. 1. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 2. Obtain permission from Architect before drilling or cutting structural members. F. Rigidly weld support members or use hexagon-head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts. G. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. H. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch off wall. I. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0529 - Page 3 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 0533.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC). B. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC). C. Flexible metal conduit (FMC). D. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit(LFMC). E. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). F. Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit. G. Conduit fittings. H. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 1. Includes additional requirements for fittings for grounding and bonding. B. Section 26 0529- Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI C80.1 -American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC) 2020. B. ANSI C80.3 -American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing -- Steel (EMT-S)2020. C. ANSI C80.5-American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit--Aluminum (ERMC-A)2020. a D. ANSI C80.6 -American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit 2018. E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. F. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT) 2013. 2 G. NECA 102 - Standard for Installing Aluminum Rigid Metal Conduit 2004. H. NECA 111 - Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, LFNC)2017. I. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable 2014. J. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Metal Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit 2018. K. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit 2020. L. NEMA TC 3 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing 2021. M. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. N. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit Current Edition, Including All Revisions. O. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions. P. UL 6A- Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Aluminum, Red Brass, and Stainless Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Q. UL 360 - Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Current Edition, Including All Revisions. R. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions. S. UL 651 - Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions. T. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing-Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 1 of 7 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation U. UL 1242 - Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit-Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2. Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3. Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes, enclosures, and equipment installed under other sections or by others. 4. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty. 5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete between outlet,junction and splicing points. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual routing for conduits installed underground, conduits embedded within concrete slabs, and conduits 2 inch (53 mm)trade size and larger. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conduit and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types indicated for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies, implies all applications are acceptable. Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. C. Underground: 1. Under Slab on Grade: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or rigid PVC conduit. 2. Exterior, Direct-Buried: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or rigid PVC conduit. 3. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit where emerging from underground. 4. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit larger than 2 inch (53 mm)trade size is provided, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit elbows for bends. D. Embedded Within Concrete: 1. Within Slab on Grade: Not permitted. 2. Within Slab Above Ground: Not permitted. 3. Within Concrete Walls Above Ground: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, rigid PVC conduit, or reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC). 4. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit where emerging from concrete. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 2 of 7 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation E. Concealed Within Masonry Walls: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or electrical metallic tubing (EMT). F. Concealed Within Hollow Stud Walls: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or electrical metallic tubing (EMT). G. Concealed Above Accessible Ceilings: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or electrical metallic tubing (EMT). H. Interior, Damp or Wet Locations: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or aluminum rigid metal conduit. I. Exposed, Interior, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or electrical metallic tubing (EMT). J. Exposed, Interior, Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). 1. Locations subject to physical damage include, but are not limited to: a. Where exposed below 12 feet, except within electrical and communication rooms or closets. b. Where exposed below 20 feet in warehouse areas. K. Exposed, Exterior: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit(IMC), or PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. L. Concealed, Exterior, Not Embedded in Concrete or in Contact With Earth: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or Schedule 40 PVC. M. Corrosive Locations Above Ground: Use aluminum rigid metal conduit. N. Connections to Luminaires Above Accessible Ceilings: Use flexible metal conduit. 1. Maximum Length: 6 feet. O. Connections to Vibrating Equipment: 1. Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit. 2. Damp, Wet, or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3. Maximum Length: 6 feet unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. u_ C. Minimum Conduit Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated: 1. Branch Circuits: 3/4 inch (21 mm)trade size. 2. Branch Circuit Homeruns: 3/4 inch (21 mm)trade size. 3. Control Circuits: 3/4 inch ( 21 mm)trade size. 4. Flexible Connections to Luminaires: 1/2 inch (16 mm)trade size. 5. Underground, Interior: 1 inch (27 mm)trade size. 6. Underground, Exterior: 1 inch (27 mm)trade size. D. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. 3. Wheatland Tube, a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 3 of 7 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 2. Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland)type fittings are not permitted. 2.04 ALUMINUM RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. 3. Wheatland Tube, a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC aluminum rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.5 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6A. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2. Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use aluminum. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland)type fittings are not permitted. 2.05 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. 3. Wheatland Tube, a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type IMC galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.6 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1242. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2. Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland)type fittings are not permitted. 2.06 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle. 2. Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com/#sle. 3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 1, and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 4 of 7 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 2.07 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle. 2. Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com/#sle. 3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC)jacketed steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360. C. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 2.08 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2. Wheatland Tube, a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797. C. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 3. Connectors and Couplings: Use compression (gland)or set-screw type. a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings. 2.09 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT A. Description: NFPA 70, Type PVC rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit complying with NEMA TC 2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; Schedule 40 unless otherwise indicated, Schedule 80 where subject to physical damage; rated for use with conductors rated 90 degrees C. B. Fittings: u 1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected. 2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; material to match conduit. 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Solvent Cement for PVC Conduit and Fittings: As recommended by manufacturer of conduit and fittings to be installed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 101. D. Install aluminum rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 102. E. Install intermediate metal conduit (IMC) in accordance with NECA 101. F. Install rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit in accordance with NECA 111. G. Conduit Routing: Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 5 of 7 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 1. Unless dimensioned, conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2. When conduit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required. 3. Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed. 4. Conduits in the following areas may be exposed, unless otherwise indicated: a. Electrical rooms. b. Mechanical equipment rooms. c. Within joists in areas with no ceiling. 5. Conduits installed underground or embedded in concrete may be routed in the shortest possible manner unless otherwise indicated. Route all other conduits parallel or perpendicular to building structure and surfaces, following surface contours where practical. 6. Arrange conduit to maintain adequate headroom, clearances, and access. 7. Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between pull points. 8. Route conduits above water and drain piping where possible. 9. Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps. Provide drain fittings at low points and at sealing fittings where moisture may collect. 10. Maintain minimum clearance of 6 inches between conduits and piping for other systems. 11. Maintain minimum clearance of 12 inches between conduits and hot surfaces. This includes, but is not limited to: a. Heaters. b. Hot water piping. c. Flues. 12. Group parallel conduits in the same area together on a common rack. H. Conduit Support: 1. Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 0529 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. 3. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conduits to lay on ceiling tiles. 4. Use conduit strap to support single surface-mounted conduit. 5. Use metal channel (strut)with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel surface-mounted conduits. 6. Use conduit clamp to support single conduit from beam clamp or threaded rod. 7. Use trapeze hangers assembled from threaded rods and metal channel (strut)with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel suspended conduits. 8. Use of wire for support of conduits is not permitted. I. Connections and Terminations: 1. Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections. 2. Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use three-piece couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads. 3. Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another. 4. Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid into connectors. 5. Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations. 6. Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors. 7. Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity. J. Penetrations: 1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer. 2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 6 of 7 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 3. Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation. Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required. 4. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground. 5. Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible point to prevent entry of moisture and gases. 6. Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane. 7. Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations. Where penetrations are necessary, seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty. Include proposed locations of penetrations and methods for sealing with submittals. 8. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 8400. K. Underground Installation: 1. Minimum Cover, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required: a. Underground, Exterior: 24 inches. b. Under Slab on Grade: 12 inches to bottom of slab. 2. Provide underground warning tape in accordance with Section 26 0553 along entire conduit length for service entrance where not concrete-encased. L. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Where calculated in accordance with NFPA 70 for rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit installed above ground to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction. M. Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial temperature differential, provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation. This includes, but is not limited o to: 1. Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces. 2. Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces. N. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter. END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 7 of 7 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 0533.16 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Outlet and device boxes up to 100 cubic inches, including those used as junction and pull boxes. B. Cabinets and enclosures, including junction and pull boxes larger than 100 cubic inches. C. Underground boxes/enclosures. D. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Section 07 8400 - Firestopping. C. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. D. Section 26 2726 -Wiring Devices: 1. Wall plates. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015. B. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices 2016. C. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable 2014. D. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)2020. E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. o F. SCTE 77 - Specification for Underground Enclosure Integrity 2017. G. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions. H. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions. I. UL 508A- Industrial Control Panels Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3. Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors, clamps, support fittings, and devices, calculated according to NFPA 70. 4. Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of connected conduits, calculated according to NFPA 70. 5. Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork, furniture, devices, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others. 6. Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity. 7. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush- mounted boxes where indicated. 8. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.16 - Page 1 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BOXES A. General Requirements: 1. Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 2. Provide all boxes, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed. 3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 4. Where box size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 5. Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate. B. Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches, Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes: 1. Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required. 2. Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise indicated or required; furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers. 3. Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush-mounted in concrete. 4. Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush-mounted in masonry walls. 5. Use raised covers suitable for the type of wall construction and device configuration where required. 6. Use shallow boxes where required by the type of wall construction. 7. Do not use "through-wall" boxes designed for access from both sides of wall. 8. Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and weight of load to be supported; furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of luminaire where required. 9. Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction. Do not use field-connected gangable boxes unless specifically indicated or permitted. 10. Wall Plates: Comply with Section 26 2726. C. Cabinets and Enclosures, Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: 1. Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E, or UL 508A. 2. NEMA 250 Environment Type, Unless Otherwise Indicated: a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1, painted steel. b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R, painted steel. 3. Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: a. Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cabinets and Hinged-Cover Enclosures, Other Than Junction and Pull Boxes: a. Provide lockable hinged covers, all locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated. b. Back Panels: Painted steel, removable. 5. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard grey unless otherwise indicated. D. Underground Boxes/Enclosures: 1. Description: In-ground, open bottom boxes furnished with flush, non-skid covers with legend indicating type of service and stainless steel tamper resistant cover bolts. 2. Size: As indicated on drawings. 3. Depth: As required to extend below frost line to prevent frost upheaval, but not less than 12 inches. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.16 - Page 2 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 4. Applications: a. Sidewalks and Landscaped Areas Subject Only to Occasional Nondeliberate Vehicular Traffic: Use polymer concrete enclosures, with minimum SCTE 77 Tier 8 load rating. b. Do not use polymer concrete enclosures in areas subject to deliberate vehicular traffic. 5. Polymer Concrete Underground Boxes/Enclosures: Comply with SCTE 77. a. Manufacturers: 1) Hubbell Incorporated; Quazite Products: www.hubbellpowersystems.com/#sle. b. Combination fiberglass/polymer concrete boxes/enclosures are acceptable. c. Product(s): 1) MacLean Highline PHA Series: Straight wall, all-polymer concrete splice box/pull box; available Tier 8, Tier 15, and Tier 22 load ratings. (a) 11 by 18 by 12 inches nominal; Model PHA111812 (stackable). 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Flashing Panels for Exterior Wall Penetrations: Premanufactured components and accessories as required to preserve integrity of building envelope; suitable for boxes and facade materials to be installed. 1. Manufacturers: a. Quickflash Weatherproofing Products, Inc: www.quickflashproducts.com/#sle. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive boxes. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install boxes in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards where mounting heights are not indicated. C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D. Unless otherwise indicated, provide separate boxes for line voltage and low voltage systems. E. Flush-mount boxes in finished areas unless specifically indicated to be surface-mounted. F. Unless otherwise indicated, boxes may be surface-mounted where exposed conduits are indicated or permitted. G. Box Locations: 1. Locate boxes to be accessible. Provide access panels in accordance with Section 08 3100 as required where approved by the Architect. 2. Unless dimensioned, box locations indicated are approximate. 3. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not span different building finishes. 4. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not cross masonry joints. 5. Unless otherwise indicated, where multiple outlet boxes are installed at the same location at different mounting heights, install along a common vertical center line. 6. Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back. Provide minimum 6 inches horizontal separation unless otherwise indicated. H. Box Supports: 1. Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 0529 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Provide independent support from building structure except for cast metal boxes (other than boxes used for fixture support) supported by threaded conduit connections in accordance with NFPA 70. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.16 - Page 3 of 4 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 3. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling grid or ceiling support system. I. Install boxes plumb and level. J. Flush-Mounted Boxes: 1. Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface more than 1/4 inch or does not project beyond finished surface. 2. Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is flush with finished surface. 3. Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch at the edge of the box. K. Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity. L. Underground Boxes/Enclosures: 1. Install enclosure on gravel base, minimum 6 inches deep. 2. Flush-mount enclosures located in concrete or paved areas. 3. Mount enclosures located in landscaped areas with top at 1 inch above finished grade. 4. Provide cast-in-place concrete collar constructed in accordance with Section 03 3000, minimum 10 inches wide by 12 inches deep, around enclosures that are not located in concrete areas. 5. Install additional bracing inside enclosures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize box sidewall deflections during backfilling. Backfill with cover bolted in place. M. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. N. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 8400. O. Close unused box openings. P. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment installed or designated for future use. Q. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526. R. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dirt, debris, plaster and other foreign material. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation, protect boxes from entry of moisture and foreign material until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0533.16 - Page 4 of 4 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation SECTION 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical identification requirements. B. Identification nameplates and labels. C. Wire and cable markers. D. Underground warning tape. E. Warning signs and labels. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI Z535.2 -American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety Signs 2011 (Reaffirmed 2017). B. ANSI Z535.4 -American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels 2011 (Reaffirmed 2017). C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. UL 969 - Marking and Labeling Systems Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Unless specifically excluded, identify existing elements to remain that are not S already identified in accordance with specified requirements. B. Identification for Equipment: 1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components. a. Panelboards: 1) Identify ampere rating. 2) Identify voltage and phase. u 3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 4) Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s) served for panelboards with a door. Identify spares and spaces using pencil. 5) For power panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device. Identify spares and spaces. b. Transformers: 1) Identify kVA rating. 2) Identify voltage and phase for primary and secondary. 3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment. c. Enclosed switches, circuit breakers, and motor controllers: 1) Identify voltage power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 2) Identify load(s)served. Include location. 2. Service Equipment: a. Use identification nameplate to identify each service disconnecting means. 3. Use identification nameplate to identify equipment utilizing series ratings, where permitted, in accordance with NFPA 70. 4. Use identification label or handwritten text using indelible marker on inside of door at each fused switch to identify required NEMA fuse class and size. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0553 - Page 1 of 3 City of Waterloo - Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation 5. Available Fault Current Documentation: Use identification label to identify the available fault current and date calculations were performed at locations requiring documentation by NFPA 70 including but not limited to the following. a. Service equipment. 6. Use warning signs to identify electrical hazards for entrances to all rooms and other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts operating at 600 V nominal or less with the word message "DANGER; Electrical hazard; Authorized personnel only" or approved equivalent. C. Identification for Conductors and Cables: 1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 0519. 2. Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system. D. Identification for Devices: 1. Use identification label to identify receptacles protected by upstream GFI protection, where permitted. 2.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Identification Nameplates: 1. Materials: a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates. b. Outdoor Locations: Use plastic, stainless steel, or aluminum nameplates suitable for exterior use. 2. Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated acrylic or electrically non- conductive phenolic with beveled edges; minimum thickness of 1/16 inch; engraved text. 3. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Minimum thickness of 1/32 inch; engraved or laser-etched text. 4. Aluminum Nameplates: Anodized; minimum thickness of 1/32 inch; engraved or laser- etched text. 5. Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two, centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch high; Four, located at corners for larger sizes. B. Identification Labels: 1. Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant. 2. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text. Do not use handwritten text unless otherwise indicated. C. Format for Equipment Identification: 1. Minimum Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches. 2. Legend: a. Equipment designation or other approved description. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: a. Equipment Designation: 1/2 inch. 5. Color: a. Normal Power System: White text on black background. 2.03 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS A. Markers for Conductors and Cables: Use wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl cloth, wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl self-laminating, heat-shrink sleeve, plastic sleeve, plastic clip-on, or vinyl split sleeve type markers suitable for the conductor or cable to be identified. B. Markers for Conductor and Cable Bundles: Use plastic marker tags secured by nylon cable ties. C. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated. D. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text, all capitalized unless otherwise indicated. E. Minimum Text Height: 1/8 inch. Project No. 21-25083 Section 26 0553 - Page 2 of 3 City of Waterloo- Sullivan Brothers Plaza Renovation